Quarterlytics / Industrials / Integrated Freight & Logistics / Royal Mail PLC / FY2011 Annual Report

Royal Mail PLC
Annual Report 2011

RMG · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker RMG
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Integrated Freight & Logistics
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · Royal Mail PLC
Loading PDF…
Royal Mail Holdings plc

Annual Report  
and Financial  
Statements  
2010-11

Contents

Royal Mail Group 

Financial and business performance highlights 

Chairman’s Statement  

Chief Executive’s Review  

Modernising Royal Mail  

Our people  

Our customers 

Regulation  

Community  

Our Transparency report 

Our businesses 

Key Performance Indicators 

Financial review  

Risk Management and Control 

Royal Mail Holdings plc Board  

Directors’ Report  

Corporate Governance  

Directors’ Remuneration Report  

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in relation  
to the Group financial statements  

Independent Auditor’s Report to the members of  
Royal Mail Holdings plc  

Consolidated income statement for the year ended  
27 March 2011 and 28 March 2010  

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income  
for the year ended 27 March 2011 and 28 March 2010  

Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the  
year ended 27 March 2011 and 28 March 2010  

Consolidated balance sheet at 27 March 2011 and  
28 March 2010  

Consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended  
27 March 2011 and 28 March 2010  

1

2

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17 

19

27

28

35

38

40

41

45

Notes to the Group financial statements  

1.  Authorisation of financial statements and statement  

of compliance with IFRSs  

2. Accounting policies  

3. Segment information  

4. People information  

5. Operating costs  

6. Auditor’s remuneration  

7. Operating exceptional items  

8. Net finance costs  

9. Income tax  

10. Property, plant and equipment  

11. Leasehold land payment  

12. Goodwill  

13. Intangible assets  

14. Business combinations  

15. Investments in joint ventures and associates  

16. Non-current assets held for sale  

17. Inventories  

49

18. Current trade and other receivables  

50

51

52

53

54

55

19. Cash and cash equivalents  

20. Financial liabilities  

21. Provisions for liabilities and charges  

22. Current trade and other payables  

23. Non-current other payables  

24. Financial risk management objectives and policies  

25. Financial instruments  

26. Employee benefits – pensions  

27. Issued share capital and reserves  

28. Commitments  

29. Related party disclosures  

30. Events after the balance sheet date  

Group five-year summary (unaudited)  

Parent Company financial statements  

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in relation  
to the parent Company financial statements  

Independent Auditor’s report to the members of the  
Company, Royal Mail Holdings plc  

Parent Company balance sheet  

Notes to the parent Company financial statements  

Forward looking statements  

Corporate information  

57

57

57

67

68

69

69

70

71

71

73

74

75

76

76

77

78

78

79

79

80

82

83

83

83

86

92

96

96

98

99

100

101

101

102

104

105

107

107

1

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Royal Mail Group (‘the Group’) is unique in reaching 
everyone in the UK through its mails, Post Office and 
parcels businesses. The Group is a key component of the 
UK’s economic and social infrastructure, providing services 
to private individuals, companies and communities.

The Group is the sole provider of the UK’s Universal Service. 
It does so for some of the lowest prices in Europe. Every 
working day, the business processes and delivers around 
62 million items to 28.8 million UK addresses. 

Each year, our European and UK express parcels businesses 
– General Logistics Systems (GLS) and Parcelforce 
Worldwide – handle some 423 million parcels. In 11,820 
Post Office branches, we serve around 20 million customers 
every week.

The business is changing fast. The Group is modernising 
its core letters business to make it more efficient, effective 
and customer responsive. The Post Office is transforming 
its branch network in response to changing customer needs 
and the demands of a modern and dynamic business.

This process of change is about ensuring a sound, secure  
and sustainable Royal Mail. The mails market is in 
significant decline in the developed world. Royal Mail is no 
different. It faces significant financial challenges which are 
being urgently addressed. The Board has a clear plan. The 
Postal Services Act is an important part of the process.

2

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Financial and business performance highlights

Financial performance

During the year, the Group changed the structure of its internal 
organisation which has resulted in a change to the composition of its 
reportable segments. As a result of this change, corresponding 
information for earlier periods has been restated. 

The Group’s operating segments – UK Letters & Parcels and 
International (UKLPI), Post Office Limited (POL), General Logistics 
Systems (GLS) and our smaller other companies, such as Romec 
Limited – are organised and managed separately according to the 
nature of the products and services provided.

We have also changed the way we report our performance. 
Performance of the Group is now reported after costs associated 
with modernising the business. This provides a better understanding 
of our performance against our strategic aims.

Revenues

 Balance sheet

•  Net liabilities of £3,107 million are lower than £6,281 million last 

year primarily because of the reduction in the pension deficit

•  The accounting pension deficit has decreased from £8.0 billion 
in 2010 to £4.5 billion in 2011, driven by an actuarial gain of 
£3.4 billion. Cash payments of around £300 million were made  
in the year to fund the pension deficit

•  The accounting pension deficit has reduced by £3.5 billion mainly 

as a result of the announcement by Government to use CPI 
rather than RPI as the inflation measure (CPI is now the statutory 
minimum indexation for pensions in deferment and in payment) 
and an increase in asset values due to market conditions

Business performance

Modernisation

•  Group revenues of £9.2 billion. Inland addressed volumes down by 

•  Modernisation programme is delivering cost savings and efficiency

4% with UKLPI revenues falling by £121 million

•  GLS underlying revenues grew by around 4% at constant exchange 

rates

•  Post Office Limited core volumes continue to decline. Revenues 

down £62 million

Profits and cash flow

•  Operating profit after modernisation costs of £39 million** is 

£141 million lower than last year, driven by the reported revenue 
decline 

•  Improved free cash outflow of £213 million down from £545 million 
as a result of lower modernisation costs and one-off disposals 
proceeds this year

  –   Reduction in hours of 2.4% to partially offset volume decline

  –   554 new/upgraded machines, walk sequencing rates of  

nearly 34%

  –  24 World Class Mail Centres

  –  117 delivery offices using new delivery methods

  –  Accidents down 25%1

Quality of service

•   Retail First Class quality of service – 91.4% – this figure is without any 

adjustments. After adjustments are made, the Retail First Class quality 
of service figure is 93.0%, after account is taken of the extraordinary 
combination of the severe winter weather and the unprecedented 
closure of UK airspace because of Icelandic volcanic ash.

•  Post Office Limited customer satisfaction – 85%

Business unit

UKLPI*

Post Office Limited

General Logistics Systems

Other

Group

 External revenue

2010-11
£m

2009-10
£m

6,857

776

1,485

38

9,156

6,978

838

1,487

46

9,349

Operating (loss)/profit 
after modernisation costs**

2010-11
£m

(120)

21

118

20

39

2009-10
£m

20

33

112

15

180

*   UKLPI – UK Letters & Parcels and International.
**  All references to operating profit/(loss) after modernisation costs are before other exceptional items. The operating loss for 2010-11 was £49 million 

(2010 profit of £113 million) as shown on the consolidated income statement on page 51.

1 

 UK frontline employees.

 
 
3

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Chairman’s Statement

Donald Brydon
Chairman

The postal world is 
changing rapidly; so too 
are all communication 
channels. The lives of 
everyone in Royal Mail 
Group are affected.

Work practices, structures and processes, regulation, product 
offerings and customer needs are all changing. Royal Mail Group  
is determined to succeed in this complex environment. 

2010-11 was a very challenging year; much remains to be done  
to improve our financial and operational performance.

In spite of the outstanding efforts of all our colleagues, the Board 
was disappointed with our overall financial results. Overall revenues 
were 2.1% lower than last year. Group operating profit, after 
modernisation costs, was only £39 million. Tiny changes in revenue 
have a major impact on profitability. Our financial position is 
challenging, our core letters volumes are declining and we have 
a large and disproportionate historic pension deficit. 

We have again reported negative free cash flow – of £213 million – 
albeit significantly down from last year’s negative £545 million. This 
is not sustainable. The main cash outflow relates to payments to the 
pension fund, and the capital investment and voluntary redundancy 
costs associated with modernisation. The accounting pension fund 
deficit is approximately £4.5 billion. In 2010-11, we contributed 
nearly £300 million towards reducing it. 

Our transformation
We know that we are a business which, with a different structure 
and regulatory regime, could be commercially successful on a 
sustained basis. Parts of our business, like GLS and Parcelforce 
Worldwide, continue to increase profits. They show what we can  
do in an unregulated environment and with the same commercial 
freedom as other companies.

We are in a process of transformation. It is as radical as 
any that has happened in the history of the UK’s postal 
industry. It is a transformation that has been likened  
to rebuilding the engine of a car while the vehicle is  
still moving.

Inland addressed mail volumes have traditionally tracked GDP. A 
buoyant economy meant more mail; recessions meant less. The 
internet has changed the paradigm. Inland addressed mail volumes 
in the UK peaked for the year 2005-06 at around 80 million items  
of mail per day. They have declined ever since. During 2010-11, 

Royal Mail delivered 62 million items of mail per day. We can expect 
further declines in the future of about 5% a year. 

Against this backdrop of significant and ongoing structural decline, 
we need to ensure that our core letters business is cost effective and 
we need to diversify our revenue streams. 

Modernisation of our processes is not optional. Moya Greene  
and her team are focused on successfully delivering the required 
transformation. The scale and depth of the changes that we have 
made and will continue to make are set out in this report.

The UK businesses are undergoing profound changes. 
Every part of the organisation is affected. We are making 
real and tangible progress.

Our significant progress 
We have strengthened our focus on health and safety. This is a key 
measure which we now closely review at every Board meeting. Given 
the scale of our financial challenges, we have also redoubled our 
emphasis on managing our cash flows. This discipline is now deeply 
embedded across the Group. 

The Board and the senior management team have also been part of 
the profound change taking place. The senior management team has 
been rebuilt. Following a comprehensive search, Moya Greene, 
formerly CEO, Canada Post, was appointed as our Chief Executive in 
July 2010. She has made significant progress in a very short time in:

•  Restructuring the business, reducing costs at the centre in  

the process

•  Significantly sharpening our focus on the customer

•   Beginning the process of putting our business on a more 

sustainable financial footing

•  Changing the focus of the debate around regulation

In light of the trading results, during the second half of the year the 
strategic plan was reviewed and our view of future profitability and 
cashflows showed a worsening position. The Board has had to 
review whether the Group (excluding Post Office Limited) can pay its 
debts as they fall due over the foreseeable future. This has involved 
regular reviews of projected monthly cash headroom until March 
2013. The deteriorating financial position and expected future 
cashflows means that the value of ColleagueShares at the end of 
March 2011 is nil. The final value of ColleagueShares will not be 
known until the end of March 2012. 

The Postal Services Act is a key enabling framework which will prove 
essential in the years ahead, particularly through dealing with the 
pension issues and in ensuring access to new capital. We have more 
work to do on the next steps and we are looking forward to 
constructive engagement with a new regulator.

We have had very significant support from the Government, 
including in particular, its work to promote the Postal Services Act. 
Government has also responded well to the needs of the Post Office 
with a commitment to invest £1.34 billion. These commitments to 
the future of the Royal Mail and Post Office are most welcome.

The Government has announced its intention, subject to State Aid 
approval, to relieve the Company of its legacy pension deficit with 
effect from March 2012. 

4

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Chairman’s Statement continued

Our Board
Three new executive directors and three new non executives have 
joined the Board in the past 12 months. Four are women. Along  
with Moya, Dave Smith joined the Board as the first Chief Customer 
Officer. Dave had previously been Managing Director of Parcelforce 
Worldwide and of the Post Office. The new Chief Finance Officer, 
Matthew Lester, joined from ICAP. Paula Vennells, who has  
been with the Group since 2006, was appointed Managing Director 
of the Post Office in October, having previously been its  
Chief Operating Officer. 

Three new non executive Directors with extensive customer 
experience, Cath Keers, Orna Ni-Chionna and Nick Horler, joined 
during the year. Cath was Customer Director and Marketing  
Director of O2 UK. Orna is a former partner at McKinsey where she 
specialised in retail and consumer clients, looking at the customer 
experience from a strategic perspective. She has been appointed 
Senior Independent Director. Nick Horler was, until recently,  
Chief Executive of Scottish Power. He also brings regulated- 
business experience. 

There were two retirements during the year: Baroness Prosser 
retired after six years’ service as did Richard Handover, after eight 
years. He was latterly Senior Independent Director. We will miss their 
counsel. I thank them for their excellent contributions to the Group.

Thank you
Moya and I both understand how much we are asking of everybody 
at Royal Mail. The process of change is stretching. In an organisation 
of our scale and reach, it is having an impact on the lives of tens of 
thousands of people and their families. I would like to offer my 
sincere thanks to all of my colleagues on the great work they have 
done over the past 12 months. We now have a clear plan in place.  
I am confident we can – and will – successfully deliver it.

Donald Brydon

Royal Mail’s operation involves road, rail, air, and in some 
cases sea, to transport the mail around the country.

5

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Chief Executive’s Review

Moya Greene
Chief Executive

We have a clear plan in place 
to deal with our difficult 
business environment. It will 
be a stretch to achieve our 
plan, but we are determined 
to do so. 

Introduction
Royal Mail Group is a vital part of the UK’s economic and social 
infrastructure. Our service is comprehensive, six-days-a-week,  
and with overnight delivery. We delivered around 62 million items  
to almost 29 million homes and businesses every working day last 
year. We collect mail from 115,271 post boxes – often more than 
once a day – as well as from approximately 11,800 Post Offices and 
more than 80,000 businesses. Our Post Office network is bigger 
than all of the UK high street banks combined; around 20 million 
customers visit per week. 

Our service is not only comprehensive, it is also good value for 
money. For collecting a First Class letter, sorting it, carrying it by 
road, rail or air and delivering it by hand, we charge 46p. This 
journey could be as much as 800 miles from collection to delivery. 

Our prices are among the lowest in Europe. Most 
countries do not provide a six-day service, or enable 
their customers to post as late in the day as we do.  
Our standards for on-time performance are higher  
than most countries.

In this, my first Annual Report as Chief Executive, I would like to use 
this opportunity to set out our core strategic approach.

We need to address the fact that we are losing money in our core 
letters business. As the availability of public capital is restricted, we 
need access to private capital to invest and grow. We need to 
modernise our core letters business. This involves not only our 
investment in new equipment and processes, but investment in  
our people. 

We must develop new products and services. Innovate to meet the 
needs of our customers and generate additional revenues to offset 
the decline in earnings from our core letters business. In addition, 
continued change in the regulatory regime is required. 

Modernising our business
The Group’s operating profit after modernisation costs fell from 
£180 million last year to £39 million at the end of this financial year. 
The Group has been in significant financial difficulty for a number of 
years, reporting negative cash flow four years in a row. Our challenge 
is to put the Group on a sound, secure and sustainable footing. 

Royal Mail is honoured to collect and deliver the mail on behalf of 
households and businesses across the UK. But our industry is in 
decline. Few could have predicted the dramatic decline in the postal 
market. Letters now account for a very modest share of daily social 
messaging. The continued structural decline in the number of items 
of mail in the UK is well documented. 

Single piece mail volumes have declined by 40% in the past five 
years. We anticipate total mail volumes continuing to decline by 
around 5% a year for the foreseeable future. 

Consumer mail is in decline. In volume terms, it now accounts for 
around 12% of our total business. The typical household spends less 
than 40p a week on postage. As volumes fall, our revenues decline. 
Revenues were down 2.1% (£193m) last year. Our costs are falling. 
But, they are not declining fast enough to offset the reduction  
in revenue. 

Our current margin, after modernisation charges, at 0.4%, is  
down from 1.9% in 2009-10 and is slim compared to other postal 
operators. We need a reasonable and sustainable margin to 
maintain the comprehensive Universal Service our customers  
enjoy and to invest in our Group.

One of the key ways we are going to improve our financial 
performance is to modernise our core letters business. 

We achieved our First Class quality target with a 93.0% performance 
when account is taken of the impact of the extraordinary 
combination of the worst winter weather in living memory and the 
unprecedented closure of UK airspace, because of Icelandic volcanic 
ash. Without any adjustment, the performance for the year would  
be 91.4%.

Our modernisation is one of the largest change management 
programmes ever undertaken in the UK. The peak period of change 
is under way – now. The jobs of over 100,000 people are changing. 

I know that this change is hard for our people. The section on 
modernisation explains what we are doing in more detail. 

Royal Mail and Post Office are brands that enjoy considerable  
public support. People trust us. We offer and provide services that 
customers, large and small, need. At a time when many companies 
do not enjoy strong brand profiles, this is a major advantage for us. 
We know better than to be complacent. We need to maintain  
that trust. 

Modernisation changes every process – collecting, transporting, 
sorting and delivering mail. It affects everyone who works for the 
organisation. It will, unfortunately, continue to mean significant job 
reductions. There will be job losses. These will be in addition to 
almost 45,000 UK full-time equivalent employees who have left the 
Royal Mail Group over the last decade. 

Moving forward
There is much more for me and my team to learn and, most 
importantly, to deliver. One of the things we need to do is to 
communicate more and be more responsive. We will. I hope this 
document is a good start. If you have any feedback, please do  
write to me at moya.greene@royalmail.com.

In some of our offices where we have revised delivery methods,  
we have cut operating hours by an average of 11%. This is our best 
in class performance. It is not the case everywhere. Our future 
depends on our ability to achieve this level of improvement 
everywhere. We have a great deal still to do. 

6

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Chief Executive’s Review continued

Change needs to be continuous. The automation of packets, for 
example, has just begun. The boom in online retailing means parcel 
delivery requirements will increase. This is growth that Royal Mail 
needs to capture. 

The World Class Mail programme, developed by Royal Mail itself, is 
another key factor in our future success. This programme is having a 
major impact – in performance and attitudes. In 2011, we will see the 
programme rolled out to all mail centres and schemes established in 
collection and delivery offices. I was pleased in October when the 
World Class Manufacturing Association gave awards for operational 
excellence to our mail centres in Cardiff, Gatwick and Belfast.

Investing in our people
We are a people business. Our greatest asset is our people. In our 
delivery network, our people are daily ambassadors for Royal Mail. 
Almost no other company has daily contact with customers in the 
way that Royal Mail does.

For many years, our employee engagement scores have been 
disappointing. Our colleagues, justifiably, take great pride in Royal 
Mail itself and the valuable work they do in so many communities 
across the country. The turnover rate of our full-time frontline 
workforce is about half the UK average. On the other hand, our 
colleagues, given the difficult situation facing the Group and the scale 
of the modernisation, do not have confidence in our future. It is 
imperative that we change this. 

A major focus for me, personally, is to ensure that we are a much 
more open and communicative company – starting first and foremost 
– with each other. We are committed to much more active 
engagement by senior managers with the frontline. Starting this 
summer, around 150 of our senior managers will be taking part in 
workplace visits around the country briefing our people. 

Royal Mail will be a much more efficient and effective 
organisation. That is the best outcome for all our 
stakeholders, and particularly our people. 

Meeting the needs of our customers 
A more rigorous focus on who our customers are, what they want 
and how they want mail delivered, is absolutely critical.

We need to ensure customers know we value their custom and that 
we fix their problems quickly. In the next 12 months, we will seek to 
simplify our products and processes, accurately measure and track 
customer perception, promptly respond to problems and drive up 
our performance significantly in this crucial area. 

Our new organisational structure is designed to bring us much closer 
to our customers in both the regulated and unregulated sectors. In 
the Post Office, with significant financial support from the 
Government, we are investing in transforming the network and 
piloting new branch models, including longer opening hours.

We are now tracking on a regular basis what our business customers 
think about Royal Mail through the Net Promoter Score methodology. 
More detail can be found in the Customer section in this report. We 
have a great deal to do to improve our customer proposition. 

At the moment, our customers see Royal Mail primarily as a delivery 
and distribution company. To remain relevant in the future, we must 
innovate and re-establish ourselves as a market-leading 
communications and distribution company. 

We will do this not just by transforming our Universal Service 
network and revitalising our parcel network. We must diversify  
our revenues to make up for declines in our core letters business. 
We aim to capture and sell more data and link with more  
digital networks. 

We will establish more external partnerships to expand our 
capabilities and commercial propositions that generate substantial 
financial value for Royal Mail and its new partners. There is no 
certainty that all – or most – of these new ventures will succeed. Our 
clear success with GLS and Parcelforce Worldwide demonstrates, 
however, that Royal Mail Group has a successful track record of 
growing businesses. 

Changing our regulatory framework
The time is right to change the existing regulatory structure. The 
Postal Services Act, including the welcome provision for Ofcom to 
become the regulator and a Government commitment to a new 
regulatory approach, constitutes a new framework for change. Any 
significant changes would not impact on the one-price-goes-
anywhere, six-days-a-week Universal Service. That is now enshrined  
in the Postal Services Act. 

The objective of the Postal Services Act is to safeguard the Universal 
Service by ensuring that Royal Mail can attract external capital and 
deliver a commercial rate of return. A different approach to 
regulation is essential. We will work closely with Ofcom to achieve 
the changes needed for the good of the Universal Service.

Outlook
The next two years will be challenging. We must put the Group and 
our ability to deliver the Universal Service on a sound, secure and 
sustainable footing. We need to improve our efficiency to reduce  
our costs faster than the decline in revenues from our core letters 
business. We must continue to modernise and to invest in the Group 
and our people. Just as importantly, we must sharpen our focus on 
customers and put their needs at the heart of everything we do.  
We will also innovate and build new partnerships with respected 
third parties. 

By any measure, this is a very significant change agenda. I am very 
grateful – as the Chairman has already articulated – for the 
considerable support we have received from the Government: 
Secretary of State for Business, Innovation and Skills, Vince Cable, 
Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State for Postal Affairs, Edward 
Davey and their officials. I am particularly conscious of the 
commitment of all my colleagues and their pride in Royal Mail Group. 
I would like to thank them. I know I can count on them again as we 
reshape and rebuild Royal Mail.

Moya Greene
Chief Executive

7

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Modernising Royal Mail

Our modernisation 
programme is one of the 
biggest transformations  
in UK industry.

A major programme
A major programme to modernise Royal Mail is under way – it  
is one of the biggest transformations in UK industry. Significant 
progress has been made over the last year, but much remains  
to be done. 

Before the current modernisation programme started in 2007,  
Royal Mail did not have the latest technology to sequence mail to  
the order of a postman and woman’s walk. Most of the mail was  
still hand sorted before being delivered. Postmen and women carried 
the full mail weight on their shoulders. All this is changing – fast.

The programme is led by Mark Higson, Executive Director and 
Managing Director, Operations and Modernisation. A dedicated team 
is working to update every aspect of our operations – collections, 
processing, sorting and delivery. 

Around £400 million was invested by Royal Mail Group in 
modernisation this year.

Why is modernisation important for customers and external 
stakeholders?
Revenues are falling as the mail market continues to decline. Fewer 
mail items are being handled every year and we have too much 
capacity given this smaller mail market. 

As part of the Group’s modernisation programme, 378 walk 
sequencing machines have been installed at mail centres 
across the UK to improve efficiencies in the sorting process. 
The equipment automatically sorts the mail into the exact 
sequence of a postman or woman’s walk.

Modernisation is about generating cost savings faster than the 
decline in revenues. It is at the heart of ensuring a sound, secure and 
sustainable Universal Service for everybody in the UK. It is as 
fundamental as that.

Modernisation is about a more innovative Royal Mail and a more 
customer-responsive business. While traditional ‘white letters’ have 
seen a dramatic decline, packet volumes are increasing following the 
boom in online retailing. Modernisation enables us to provide new 
customer solutions such as tracking to the doorstep that better 
reflect the reality of a changed – and changing – mail market, and 
crucial to the competitiveness and commercial success of Royal Mail.

The pace will intensify
We are committed to fully engaging and involving our people as we 
implement these changes, which are affecting the working lives of 
more than 100,000 colleagues. We are working closely with the 
Communication Workers Union (CWU) under the Business 
Transformation agreement reached in early 2010. As our Chief 
Executive said: “The peak period of change is under way – now”.

Our postmen and women are our main asset and modernisation is 
challenging for many of them. They may need to work differently, 
there are changes to their start and finish times, more efficient 
working methods and different delivery rounds. We are also 
significantly reducing the size of our workforce. Since 2002, around 
45,000 people have left Royal Mail Group as part of our ongoing 
change programme.

We are committed to working with our people and the CWU to 
manage operational job reductions on a voluntary basis. 

Many of the changes are improving the working lives of our 
colleagues. They include the installation of modern technology and 
better equipment for our postmen and women, including more 
trolleys, shared vans to handle packets and parcels, and handheld 
devices to record signatures when mail is delivered.

Most importantly of all, modernisation is about ensuring that our 
core letters business is placed on a sound, secure and sustainable 
footing. That is the key to ensuring a viable business and protecting 
as many jobs as possible.

Our recent progress
In the 12 months since we signed the Business Transformation 
agreement with the CWU, we have made significant progress. A 
significant number of delivery office revisions have been completed 
and major changes have been made to our mail centre and transport 
networks. We have also reduced accidents in the workplace by 25% 
in 2010-11 – a key and vital improvement – and met our licence 
targets for First Class and Second Class mail quality of service after 
force majeure adjustments for volcanic ash and extreme weather in 
December and January.

Nevertheless, the programme has taken longer to start fully 
delivering results than we planned. So, much more needs to  
be done. 

8

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Modernising Royal Mail continued

Key examples of significant progress

•  Installed 378 sequencing machines 

•   Introduced 38 ‘intelligent’ Letter Sorting Machines which can sort 
38,500 letters an hour, nearly twice the speed of older machines 

•   Upgraded and extended 138 Integrated Mail Processing machines 

•  Sequencing 34% of the mail 

•   Closed 12 mail centres, and, following extensive consultations, 

announced the closure of a further 16

Modernisation – the next phase
As we reported earlier, the key phase in the modernisation 
programme is now. 

We are introducing new delivery methods throughout our 1,371 
delivery offices and, in the next year, will complete this delivery 
transformation in more than 700 offices, over 50%. 

Many postmen and women are now using new equipment 
such as trolleys, replacing the need to carry mail by foot 
or bicycle.

This is a major and far-reaching exercise. Traditional methods 
involving postmen and women carrying the mail on foot or bicycle 
are being replaced by the use of 5,000 high-capacity trolleys and 
11,300 two-person vans. Delivery rounds are being changed so that 
they will be more effective and efficient. 

The pace of change in our mail centres will continue. We expect 
that around half of the mail centres could close by 2016-2017. 
We are focused on delivering all the benefits of the modernisation 
programme as quickly and effectively as possible, working closely 
with our people and with the CWU.

World Class Mail

World Class Mail is revolutionising the way we work. Developed 
within Royal Mail, based on leading global practice and expert 
advice, World Class Mail is a unique and comprehensive system 
for improving safety, customer service, quality and productivity.  
A key element is engagement with our people to ensure they are 
fully involved in all aspects of our modernisation. 

World Class Mail is already in operation in 24 mail centres and 
seven delivery sectors. This year will see the approach introduced 
in all our mail centres and an extension to many more delivery 
offices and collection hubs. 

Root cause analysis of problem areas by employee teams is at the 
heart of World Class Mail. Safety is the first of its 10 improvement 
‘pillars’. At Greenford mail centre, the packet sorting conveyor 
area was the scene of six accidents in the year before World Class 
Mail was introduced and 50 working days were lost to injury. 
Since the programme was put in place, the area has been 
accident-free for 700 days – a remarkable achievement by the 
local team.

We were pleased when the World Class Manufacturing 
Association recognised the progress and achievements of our 
people last autumn in three mail centres – Gatwick, Cardiff and 
Belfast – by awarding them Bronze Awards at a ceremony in the 
Greenwich Maritime Museum in London.

Last October, teams at mail centres in Cardiff (pictured), 
Gatwick and Northern Ireland were presented with 
Awards by the World Class Manufacturing Association. 
They were recognised for their efforts to create safer 
and more productive places to work, in turn helping to 
improve quality of service.

 
9

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Our people

To modernise Royal Mail 
successfully, our employees 
need to be fully engaged 
with the business and our 
strategy. Our postmen and 
women are both the medium 
and the message: they drive 
the brand experience for 
many of our customers.

Our UK workforce is relatively mature and stable. More than a  
third have been with Royal Mail for over 20 years, 6% have less than  
two years’ service. The average age is 44. Many of our staff have 
spent their entire careers at Royal Mail.

Our profile
Royal Mail Group is one of the largest employers in the country. We 
currently have around 163,000 staff in the UK. Employees currently 
represent approximately 70% of our costs.

A postman unloading a letter sorting machine at South 
Midlands mail centre.

Number of employees at the end of the financial year1

UKLPI

Post Office Limited

GLS

Other

Total

1  Source: see note 4 page 68
2  Source: Royal Mail Have Your Say Survey 2007-2011 

2011

2010

155,181 160,291

7,782

8,209

13,167

12,885

4,254

4,217

180,384 185,602

Our workforce is mainly represented by the Communication Workers 
Union with around 120,000 members. In terms of diversity, women 
represent 18% of the workforce and we are seeking to increase this 
proportion. Nine per cent of our employees are from black and 
minority ethnic (BME) backgrounds, in line with the proportion of 
BME citizens in the UK population as a whole.

In terms of diversity, women represent 18% of the 
workforce and we are seeking to increase this proportion.

Engaging with our colleagues
To modernise Royal Mail successfully, our employees need to be fully 
engaged with the business and our strategy. We are a people 
business.

As outlined earlier, our colleagues are true ambassadors for the 
Group. They are our delivery network. As our Chief Executive said 
they are the “daily ambassadors for Royal Mail”. They are both the 
medium and the message. Almost no other company has daily 
contact with its customers in the way that Royal Mail does.

Our employee engagement scores are simply not where we want 
them to be. We are taking action to improve this situation.

Between 2007 and 2011 the picture has not changed significantly. 

Have Your Say survey trend2
%
80

62

56

60

40

20

55

55

29

32

22

25

Enjoy my job

Feel valued

Proud to work

Leadership

2007

2011

Each month, we carry out a ‘Have Your Say’ (HYS) survey of 
employee opinion. This is a snapshot taken across the organisation. 
The HYS surveys show that our colleagues take great pride in Royal 
Mail and the valuable work they do in so many communities across 
the country. The turnover rate for full-time frontline employees is 
about half the UK average.

On the other hand our colleagues, given the difficult situation facing 
the Group and the scale of modernisation, do not have the confidence 
we would like them to have in our future.

During 2010, the numbers in respect of employee engagement 
varied from a maximum of 34% in the summer to a low of 12% in the 
snowbound Christmas rush. The average was around 20%. The 
figures do vary across the business. They are better in Parcelforce 
Worldwide and in Post Office Limited.

Our culture
Royal Mail is a communications business. Yet our communications – 
particularly internally – require a significant overhaul. 

We are not always seen to be a responsive employer. We have not 
always been good at listening. 

Focus group research carried out between January and March 2011 
found that Royal Mail is felt to say too little, too late; and that what is 
said is often not believed.

10

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Our people continued

The modernisation programme that Royal Mail has embarked on 
requires the entire workforce to accept changes to how and 
sometimes where they work. Yet postmen and women can, quite 
understandably, feel that their job hasn’t changed: they are still 
delivering to the same people they always were.

There were positives too, including a feeling that the Group is now 
moving in the right direction:

•  People want to do a good job

•  People on the frontline want to be listened to

•  When people are asking questions they deserve answers 

•  People who have years of valuable experience want to feel 

involved

Our future
We know what the issues are. Now we have to solve them.

In 2010, Royal Mail signed a Business Transformation agreement 
with the Communication Workers Union. This includes a commitment 
on both sides to modernise Royal Mail, and change working practices 
and working conditions.

For more details about our modernisation programme see pages 7 
and 8. One of the ‘pillars’ of our World Class Mail (WCM) programme 
is safety. WCM is transforming the efficiency of our operations and is 
improving the safety performance. At the Gatwick mail centre, for 
example, reportable accidents have fallen by 80% in the past three 
years. In Scotland, accident rates were down 32% in 2010 alone.

While we aim to deliver our modernisation programme 
through effective engagement with our people, we will 
also be continuing to engage with our unions. 

Royal Mail’s industrial relations in the past have been difficult. We 
believe that having a positive relationship with our unions, based on 
openness and honesty will help us through the challenges ahead.

Alongside our focus on safety for all of our people, there will be an 
increased focus on learning and development both in our operations 
and across the Group. In May 2011 (after the end of our financial 
year), we started to implement the largest SAP Human Resources 
and payroll system in Europe – our People System Programme. This 
completely modernises all of our HR systems and gives a single 
source of people information across the Group as well as helping to 
drive performance improvements.

We acknowledge that we have not done enough to communicate 
with our people. But starting in summer 2011, around 150 
members of the senior leadership team will be going out to meet 
employees in mail centres and delivery offices to explain where we 
are going as a business. Each will be on the road for at least one 
week during 2011-12. They will be in the field to listen and learn and 
to communicate to colleagues. They will provide feedback on their 
visits to our Chief Executive and the senior management team.

The criteria used to assess bonus payments for senior managers are 
being changed to reflect the financial and non-financial performance of 
the business. Employee engagement scores and safety performance, 
customer satisfaction and service delivery are all part of a new 
balanced scorecard, which will reward managers according to:

•  What customers think of us

•  What the people we lead think of us

•  How good a service we are providing

•  How financially healthy we are making the business

The same measures will eventually be used to assess performance 
bonuses across the Group.

We value our people. Without them our business would not be what 
it is today. 

We will be relying on all of them to tackle head on the challenges we 
face in the next two years. The pride that they continue to show will 
help us meet those challenges. 

We know we have work to do in engaging with our people to make 
sure that they are more confident in what lies ahead. We believe that 
by being more open and transparent and having the right recognition 
in place, we will achieve our goals.

Royal Mail postmen and women play a valuable role. They 
‘go the extra mile’ by delivering the mail to customers in all 
weathers.

Teams working at the Group’s 12 contact centres provide 
telephone assistance to customers, fielding more than  
10 million calls annually. 

11

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Our customers

Our customers want us to 
keep our basic service 
promises. Consistently 
collect on time, deliver on 
time and respond quickly 
when needed.

Royal Mail Group has appointed Dave Smith as its first Chief 
Customer Officer. He is introducing a comprehensive programme to 
significantly improve our customers’ experience.

Our programme aims to cement Royal Mail as the most trusted 
delivery brand in the UK. Our objective is to do so through the 
provision of consistent, high-quality and relevant services to all UK 
customers: individual consumers, small and medium-sized 
businesses and large companies. We will do so by acting on what our 
customers are telling us, by effective and consistent engagement 
with our people and by clear and regularly communicated standards 
and measurements.

The Post Office is also transforming the way it deals with its 
customers. It has more branches than all of the main UK banks 
combined and around 20 million customers visit per week. 

Currently, it is piloting ways of operating Post Offices to increase 
opening hours and to ensure more sustainable branches for 
subpostmasters, who manage the vast majority of the network.

Royal Mail’s unique position as Universal Service provider 
means we deliver around 62 million letters and packets per 
day to almost 29 million addresses across the UK, six days a 
week. This comprehensive service is unrivalled by any other 
mail provider.

1  Ofcom Report August 2010

Our customers
Today, over 104 billion1 text messages are sent a year in the UK. 
As a result of the growth in email and social networking sites, letters 
now account for a very modest share of daily social messaging. 
There is also a significant decline in transactional communications 
through the post, like bank statements and bills. 

Business customers represent most of our annual mail bag, while 
mail from private individuals – or what we call consumer mail – now 
represents a very small fraction of what we deliver every day. 

We are equally focused on delivering a consistent and excellent 
customer experience to businesses, consumers and recipients who 
use our services. The level of service we provide to consumers 
remains profoundly important to us. 

As part of the Universal Service, we are committed to delivering to 
around 29 million addresses, six-days-a-week. Each address 
represents a customer who will have a view about Royal Mail and 
the service it offers. Many consumers also own or run businesses. 
Their decisions to use or not use Royal Mail at work  
will be based in part on their experience of how we deliver their  
mail at home.

Business customers want us to focus on being easy to  
do business with, from the first point of contact, through 
offering and setting up relevant and value-for-money 
services, to receiving an invoice.

At the heart of our strategy will be a strong focus on the customer 
and improving their experience of Royal Mail.

In 2011-12, our Customer Experience Programme will focus on 
what our customers tell us is most important by:

•  Helping all of our people understand what customers are asking 

us to do and why

•  Focusing on the vital few things that customers are telling us we 
need to improve, whether these are products or processes and 
delivering long-term fixes before moving on to other areas 

•  Working to make us easier to do business with at each customer  

touch point, starting with our contact centres

•  Introducing new, easy-to-understand measures, based on direct 
customer feedback, that everyone will see from top to bottom in 
the organisation

Understanding what our customers think of us
A robust understanding of what our customers want and their 
perception of the level of service being provided, is essential to 
inform both our priorities for action and compelling communications 
to all of our people. Our overall net satisfaction score, for example, 
rose from 30% to 34% between February and March 2011. We are 
also introducing new measures, such as the likelihood that our 
customers will increase or decrease their purchase of Royal Mail 
products and services, both to track the impact of the changes we 
make and to provide a forward looking indicator of customer activity. 

For the first time, we have also started to measure what our 
business customers think of our services and products through what 
is called a Net Promoter Score (NPS). This is a standard tracking 
mechanism that assesses the extent to which customers are likely  

12

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Our customers continued

Businesses use Royal Mail for a range of high-quality 
services, including our premium next day Special Delivery.

to recommend the service provided. This will allow us to benchmark 
other UK and International companies, set targets and to build these 
customer measures into our corporate and functional scorecards. 
The year end Net Promoter Score for the Group was – 1.

As an indicator of what this activity can achieve, three years  
ago, Parcelforce Worldwide introduced a Customer Experience 
Programme and a year later began using an NPS measure.  
By focusing on service at all customer touch points, it has seen  
a continuous improvement in customer loyalty and enquiry  
handling performance.

Our customer service

Continuously improving customer service is a priority. It 
is the right thing to do for the customer. It is clearly right 
for our brand. It also has the potential to cut our costs.

Because of the sheer scale of our operation, even a small service 
failure percentage can have expensive consequences. For example, 
around one million items a week are not delivered first time – for  
a myriad of valid reasons.

Being unable to deliver first time causes disappointment and 
inconvenience for customers and storage and retrieval issues for 
Royal Mail. It also generates millions of phone calls a year direct to 
delivery offices and contact centres. Delivering to neighbours, if the 
customer is unavailable, would improve the efficiency of our 
operation and the customer experience. The rules we operate under 
do not allow for this to happen. This is something we believe is 
important and should be changed.

More fundamentally, we need to continue to improve our core 
customer service proposition. We intend to make it easier and faster 
for customers to use us. 

We will focus on appropriate first-time fixes and single points of 
contact. Our customer service staff and call centre procedures  
must be focused on resolving callers’ enquiries swiftly. We need  
to continue to develop self-service solutions that customers want. 
This is what we are doing in 2011.

How we deal with complaints 
We have already been successful at reducing repeat and escalated 
complaints, down 12.7% and 24.8% year on year respectively.

We do not always resolve issues quickly. Nor are we good at feeding 
customer comments back to delivery office level so that in future we 
can get it right first time – saving customers hassle and us money.

This is another priority area for us.

The changing market and our products
In addition to our core letters market of First and Second Class 
letters and bulk mail, Royal Mail also offers distribution services to 
e-commerce companies, traditional catalogue retailers and other 
customers wishing to send packages domestically. Services range 
from stamped packets with no tracking or additional value-add to 
Special Delivery, a lunchtime next day guaranteed service, and our 
next day Tracked service offering full end-to-end tracking.

In 2010-11, we began to rationalise and simplify our products and 
to align them more closely to customers’ different needs. Simplicity 
in our offer will benefit customers, enhance Royal Mail’s operational 
efficiency, and make customers want to choose us. Further details on 
our products are given in the UKLPI section later in this report.

Around 11,800 UK Post Office branches have around 
20 million customers visit per week. The greeting and 
ticketing system in modern Crown branches helps us  
to serve customers more efficiently.

13

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Regulation 

The time is right to change 
the existing regulatory 
structure. The Postal 
Services Act, including  
the provision for Ofcom  
to become the regulator, 
alongside the Government 
commitment to a new 
regulatory approach, 
constitutes a new 
framework for change.  
Any significant changes 
would not impact the 
one-price-goes-anywhere, 
six-days-a-week Universal 
Service, which is enshrined 
in the Postal Services Act.

Customers have increasing choices as to how they receive 
information and communications. Today, there are very few 
communications that can only be done through printed and mailed 
matter. It is appropriate, therefore, that the regulation of post should 
come within the remit of the regulator responsible for the 
communications sector, Ofcom.

Royal Mail welcomes the Government’s commitment to a 
new framework for postal services regulation through its 
policy statements and letter to Ofcom. The debate is 
heading in the right direction.

The objective of the Postal Services Act is to safeguard the Universal 
Service by ensuring that Royal Mail can attract external capital and 
earn a commercial rate of return. A different approach to regulation 
is essential. We will work closely with Ofcom to achieve the changes 
needed for the good of the Universal Service.

The time is right to review the existing regulatory structure
Broad consensus exists among stakeholders that the regulatory 
framework needs to change. 

European Union Directives in a number of ways. In the UK, the 
Universal Service provider is required by regulation to process and 
deliver its competitors’ mail and to provide a guaranteed price 
advantage. No other country has a regime which mandates access to 
do this. Royal Mail has until very recently been making a loss on mail 
it delivers for others. It has also lost market share due to the 
guaranteed price advantage it provides other players. 

Both Universal Service Obligation (USO) and non-USO services are 
currently price controlled in the UK. In most European states, only 
USO services are subject to price cap regulation. Price controls 
currently apply to approximately 80% of Royal Mail revenues at a 
time when they are declining every year. In the UK, prices for stamps 
are at the low end compared with other countries.

The postal market in the UK was opened up to competition ahead of 
other countries and when the process of structural decline had 
already begun. The regulatory approach – mandated access and 
headroom regulation – has actively promoted private sector 
investment in additional capacity when the market is contracting 
rapidly. At this time, Royal Mail must now invest to take out capacity.

Postal service regulation across Europe in 20101

Mandatory  
access for competitors  
to access USP’s network,  
and a guaranteed  
price advantage

Price control not  
limited to USO and 
reserved products  
and services

Fully liberalised  
market

UK

Denmark

Germany

Belgium

Netherlands

Sweden

France

Austria

Spain

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

No

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

Regulatory developments
During the last year, the focus with Postcomm has been on seeking 
to secure a relaxation of the regulatory burdens including price 
control and the requirement to publish commercial proposals three 
months in advance. We have also worked with Postcomm to secure 
a price rise to continue the modernisation programme.

•  Postcomm launched a set of consultations in May 2010 on a set 
of changes for 2011 which resulted in a number of incremental 
changes to narrow price controls. 

•  Royal Mail made an application to enable the Group to generate up 
to £100 million revenue above the regulatory limits to safeguard 
the Universal Service and continue modernisation. In addition, 
there were a number of applications and investigations.

•  Royal Mail made an application to waive quality of service penalties 
and compensation payments after industrial action in 2009-10 
led to a reduction in the quality of service. In September 2010, 
Postcomm accepted the case in full.

•  Postcomm accepted in full Royal Mail’s force majeure case for bad 

The current framework goes further than the requirements of 

weather affecting quality of service in 2009-10.

1  European postal regulation before implementation of Third EU Postal Services Directive 
Source: IPC Postal Regulatory Database Country Directory 2010, Copenhagen Economics “Main Development in 
the Postal Sector (2008-2010)”

 
 
 
Conclusion
The time is right to review and significantly change the regulatory 
structure. Solid progress has already been made. 

The postal market is at an inflection point. Volumes continue to 
decline very significantly. The current regulatory regime is a burden 
on the Universal Service provider and extends beyond the relevant 
EU directives. There is growing evidence that Royal Mail, as the 
Universal Service provider, should be treated on the same basis  
as any other postal player, that is, subject to market conditions and 
competition law. 

Any significant change of the regulatory framework would not mean 
changes to the Universal Service. The one-price-goes-anywhere, 
six-days-a-week service is enshrined in the Postal Services Act. 
Royal Mail is honoured to deliver to the 28.8 million addresses 
throughout the country. We are committed to doing so.

14

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Regulation continued

•  Postcomm closed its investigation into allegations of predatory 
pricing and margin squeeze on Mailsort® Light. After extensive 
responses from Royal Mail, Postcomm decided to take no action 
against the Group.

•  Postcomm closed its investigation into undue restriction, undue 

preference and undue discrimination with regards to term 
contracts. The evidence did not support a finding of licence breach.

•  Royal Mail developed a costing manual setting out the principles 
of our costing system. This was subsequently classed as ‘fit for 
purpose’ by the regulator’s economic consultants and published by 
Royal Mail.

•  Postcomm concluded its investigation into Royal Mail’s monitoring 

of quality of service performance stating that Royal Mail had 
failed parts of its licence condition relating to the quality of service 
measurement system. In light of the investigation’s findings and 
Royal Mail’s comprehensive remedial actions, Postcomm did not 
consider it appropriate to impose a financial penalty.

During the last year, the cost of regulation has been a major burden 
for the Universal Service provider. Royal Mail is making a loss in its 
core letters business. Funding and servicing the regulatory regime 
cost Royal Mail around £50 million last year including payments for 
the regulator’s running costs and Royal Mail’s costs to comply with 
the licence and answer the regulator’s questions. It also included the 
cost of running a unit to manage access to our network as required 
by the licence.

Equivalent prices for domestic stamp postage in Europe*

2011 (0-20g)
Denmark
Greece
Finland
Belgium
Italy
Portugal
UK
Germany
France
Luxembourg
Sweden
Austria
Ireland
Netherlands
Spain

2011 (20-50g)
Italy
Sweden
Greece
Germany
France
Netherlands
Portugal
Denmark
Austria
Finland
Belgium
Spain
UK
Luxembourg
Ireland

65
55
54
54
51
49
46
45
44
44
44
43
42
36
33

120
89
75
74
73
72
71
65
58
54
54
47
46
44
42

* 

 Royal Mail First Class versus European next day delivery services or equivalent as at April 2011 (purchasing 
power parity)

15

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Community

Corporate Responsibility 
(CR) is a priority for us. 
The Group fully integrates 
CR into its everyday 
working environment.

2010-11 represents the eighth year that we have published an 
external Corporate Responsibility report. It is also the third 
successive year that we have reported on our activities using the 
Business in The Community (BiTC) four-fold classification framework. 

We also moved from a Silver award rating to a Gold award rating  
in the BiTC Corporate Responsibility Index. The Group’s score  
moved eight percentage points, from 86% to 94%. The BiTC 
Corporate Responsibility Index is a voluntary benchmark for UK 
companies. It provides a benchmark for organisations to evaluate 
their management and impact within the key CR areas of 
community, environment, marketplace and workplace. We will  
be working towards Platinum status in 2011-12, as this year we 
missed Platinum status by only 0.8%.

Payroll Giving

We have one of the largest and longest established Payroll Giving 
schemes in the UK. The scheme makes it easy for our people to 
donate some of their salary each month to their chosen charity. 

Since its launch in 1989, colleagues have donated more than  
£43 million. The biggest beneficiaries among the 850 charities 
supported by the scheme include Barnardo’s, County Air 
Ambulance Trust, Help the Hospices, Macmillan Cancer Support 
and our own charity which supports our colleagues, the Rowland 
Hill Benevolent Fund.

Over the past year, the scheme has raised more than £2.5 million. 

We currently have 42,694 colleagues – one in four employees – 
taking part. Typically, companies have to work hard at promoting 
their scheme to reach 10% of their people signing up to the 
scheme to attain a Gold level National Payroll Giving Certificate.  
In the UK, 6% of all Payroll Giving donors work for Royal Mail Group.

Tax relief encourages people to donate. For example anyone who 
pays tax at the basic rate of 20%, only has to contribute £8 from 
their salary to give £10 to charity.

Barnardo’s
Our flagship charity, chosen by our people, is Barnardo’s. To date, 
over £1 million has been raised for the children’s charity. 

predominantly UK-based company, we have a large procurement 
programme that makes a major contribution through the purchase of 
goods and services. 

Last summer, disabled ultra-distance athlete Chris Moon, MBE,  
ran across the UK in the Post Office 1000 Challenge. He completed 
1,000 miles in 30 days, averaging 36 miles a day. Chris met staff  
in Post Office branches in many locations where they ran their  
own fundraising campaigns, raising cash for Barnardo’s.

£460,000 was also raised specifically for the Children in Need 
campaign by our colleagues and customers last November.

A group of postmen and women in and around Lancashire joined 
thousands of other people in the Ride the Lights bike ride along 
Blackpool promenade to raise money for Barnardo’s.

Community
We are a major part of the UK’s economic and social infrastructure. 
That is why we play a role in so many communities across the UK. 
Our Post Office network, for instance, is a core part of many urban 
and rural communities across the country. Our position as one of the 
largest full-time employers in the UK (having 163,000 staff) means 
that we also make a significant economic contribution. As a 

Workplace
Our key focus in the workplace is the health and safety of our people. 
Accidents across the UK businesses fell by 21% this year. In 2010-11 
the number of accidents across our business was 19,389, compared 
with 24,479 the year before. One of the reasons that the accident 
rate has fallen is our investment in modern equipment, such as 
high-capacity trolleys as well as more efficient ways of working.

Our sick absence rate for 2010-11 sits below our target and is  
in line with the Confederation of British Industry average absence 
target. The year end sick absence figure was 4.1%, which was lower 
than our target of 4.4%. Royal Mail Group works hard at reducing our 
absence rate with its people. We offer a wide range of support in this 
area, including health advice and initiatives. The bulk of our absences 
continue to be caused by musculoskeletal problems or injuries.

Marketplace
First and foremost, our marketplace contribution is to provide  
a high-quality service at reasonable prices. As we have already 
pointed out, our prices are amongst the lowest in Europe. Most 
countries do not provide a six-day service, or enable their customers 
to post as late in the day as we do. Our standards for on-time 
performance are higher than most countries.

In our marketplace, the direct marketing industry is making 
significant strides to reduce its environmental impact. Royal Mail  
is helping in this. More than three-quarters of direct marketing 
material is now recycled. This is ahead of the 2013 target set  
in agreement between the industry and the Department of 
Environment, Food and Rural Affairs. Royal Mail’s Sustainable® 
Mail service offers better-targeted, sustainably produced and  
easy-to-recycle mail campaigns.

 
 
16

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Community continued

Environment
Royal Mail Group understands and monitors its environmental 
impact. We have been working hard to reduce it. We have a number 
of plans in place designed to reduce our consumption of fuel and 
other energy use. We continually seek ways to reduce waste.

Our Carbon Trust Standard certification has been renewed after  
we cut greenhouse gas emissions by 47,670 tonnes in two years.

It means that we’re still the only UK postal services operator to  
have achieved the prestigious accreditation. Based on a rigorous 
independent assessment, the standard – which has to be renewed 
every two years – shows that we’ve measured and reduced our 
carbon footprint across our business, and are committed to cutting  
it further each year. 

We are identifying opportunities to avoid and reduce transport 
emissions. Telemetry technology has been used to assist 
improvements in vehicle use. Over 1,000 vehicles were taken out  
of our delivery operations through optimisation and ensuring our 
journeys take the most efficient routes. This saved around 4,808 
tonnes of C02.
We are also developing our future vehicle roadmap, which will look  
at opportunities for low-emission vehicles where commercially and 
operationally viable.

In 2010-11, we bought over 1,000 compact diesel vehicles. Our 
existing electric vehicles have been complemented by the purchase 
of 10 diesel electric hybrids at our West London delivery office as 
part of the Government’s Low Carbon Vehicle Procurement 
Programme.

Removing mileage from our network trunking vehicles, which 
consume the largest proportion of our fuel, is a continued focus.  
This can be achieved through effective route planning and national 
optimisation. We continue to use double-deck trailers and have 
purchased a further 50 double-deck trailers with further 
enhancements to boost their mail-carrying capabilities by around 
6%. They are entering our operation during 2011.

Key focus
Our Corporate Responsibility and community investment 
programmes will be a key focus for the Group in the next 12  
months. Our strategy will be reviewed. Our community investment 
programmes will be refreshed. A new Corporate Responsibility 
report will be produced. It will outline our clear strategy in this area, 
alongside enhanced reporting.

Postmen and women in Northern Ireland helped collect 
football kit for children in Malawi. 

17

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Our Transparency report

Royal Mail Group is 
committed to being 
more responsive, open 
and transparent with 
its stakeholders.

Royal Mail and Post Office are two of the most respected brands in 
the UK. This is a great advantage to the Group. The strength of our 
brands derives from how we serve our customers and our 
interaction with other stakeholders.

In this, our first Transparency Report, the Group is sharing a number  
of key facts with all of its stakeholders. We are doing so because of 
our commitment to being more open to and more responsive with 
our customers. We also plan to publish a range of key statistics on 
our website on a regular basis – monthly and quarterly.

Royal Mail’s 115,271 post boxes are a familiar and much-
loved feature of the UK landscape.

A large-scale business
Royal Mail is a mail business serving 28.8 million addresses across 
the UK, six-days-a-week. We deliver to 27.2 million residential 
addresses and 1.6 million registered business addresses. We collect 
mail from 115,271 post boxes. 

With around 11,800 branches nationwide, the Post Office is the 
largest retail and financial services chain in the UK. The Post Office 
has more branches than all of the UK high street banks combined. 
Over 99% of the UK population lives within three miles of a post 
office. Around 20 million customers visit a post office per week. 

Freedom of Information requests

Royal Mail is a major brand which attracts interest from 
a wide range of stakeholders. As a Government-owned 
company, it is naturally the case that there is a great 
deal of interest in our mission as the UK’s Universal 
Service provider, including the work of Post Office 
Limited. 

One of the ways this interest manifests itself during the year is  
the number of Freedom of Information (FOI) requests we receive. 
These requests cover a wide range of issues. We receive them  
from a broad spectrum of people, including members of the public, 
the media and elected representatives.

Some of these requests can be answered quickly but some need to 
be considered carefully under the terms of the legislation. In the last 
year, 590 requests were referred to our central FOI team. Of those, 
267 requests were answered in full, and a further 116 requests 
were answered in part. There were 137 requests where the 
information requested was not provided because, for example, it 
would damage commercial interests or breach principles of the Data 
Protection Act. In another 70 cases, the information requested was 
not held by us. 

Returned letters
The overwhelming majority of all items we handle are delivered 
safely to the correct address. A very modest proportion of the items 
we handle are undeliverable for a variety of different reasons outside 
of our control.

Items are not always able to be delivered if addresses are 
incomplete, the recipient has moved, or there is no return address.  
In these circumstances, letters and packets are returned to the 
National Return Letter Centre in Belfast.

Royal Mail tries very hard to ascertain the correct address and 
deliver the item. If that is not possible, we will seek to return it to  
the sender free of charge. Our National Return Letter Centre 
employs 160 full-time people dedicated to trying to return items. 
The number of items processed in 2010-11 by the Centre was  
19.6 million. That should be set against the 15.9 billion of items  
we delivered this year.

The majority of items are business mail. Under the terms of trade 
with our major business customers, if the mail is not delivered then 
it will be securely disposed of unless a return address is included on 
the envelope. This has been the practice for many years. The mail 
which cannot be delivered or returned is stored for up to four 
months. If an item is not claimed, it is put out to auction. All the 
proceeds, minus a market rate commission for the auction house, 
are used to partially pay the considerable cost involved in seeking  
to reunite customers with their items. 

18

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Our Transparency report continued

The annual income from items sold at auction by the National 
Return Letter Centre for 2010-11 was £933,255. This income 
represents a modest contribution to the annual cost of more than 
£4 million of providing this free service. 

Exceptions to our delivery and collection service
Royal Mail is not always able to deliver or collect mail as it would like 
to. At the time of the Exceptions Annual Review in October 2010 
there were 2,985 national Universal Service delivery exceptions in 
the UK. 

Every day, we deliver to 28.8 million addresses. So, this represents 
0.01% of that total. 

The exceptions are where our postmen and women have difficulty 
gaining access or there is a long-term health and safety risk. 
Examples include where we cannot deliver to an address because  
it is on an island and has limited ferry services. There were also  
414 short-term delivery exceptions, which have been in place for 
more than 12 months in October 2010. These are mainly due to 
dangerous dogs in gardens.

Last year, there were 2,180 long-term Universal Service collection 
exceptions across the UK. There are currently 127,118 collection 
points in the UK, the majority of which we collect from on a daily 
basis. The small amount of collection exceptions represent 1.7% of 
that total. These exceptions can be caused by difficulties in accessing 
post boxes. There were also 155 short-term collection exceptions  
of more than four months. These were caused by road or building 
works, limiting access to post boxes. All of these exceptions are 
reported to Postcomm on a regular basis.

Mail security 
The security of mail is of the utmost importance to us. Royal Mail 
Group has robust security measures in place in all parts of its 
operations. 

Any person found tampering or interfering with mail will be robustly 
dealt with and prosecuted in England and Wales by Royal Mail Group. 
In Scotland, cases are handed over to the Procurator Fiscal. In 
Northern Ireland they are passed to the Public Prosecution Service. 
Anyone attempting to steal from Post Office Limited is also liable to 
be prosecuted. 

In 2010-11, 312 former employees of Royal Mail Group were 
prosecuted in the UK. These prosecutions need to be set against  
the fact that the Group employs around 163,000 people in the UK. 

The Post Office network
At the end of March 2011, there were 11,820 post offices open and 
trading throughout the UK. In March 2010, there were 11,905 post 
offices open in the UK. There has been a net reduction of 85 post 
offices in the course of 2010-11. The current network is made up  
of 373 Crown post offices, and 11,447 agency post offices.

Network turnover
The vast majority of post offices change hands – when a 
subpostmaster decides to sell their business – without a break in 
service or closure. This is part of the normal market turnover of 
businesses in the UK. Around 97% of post offices are operated and 
owned by local business people who have a contract to offer post 
office services. From April 2010 to March 2011, 800 post offices 
changed hands. The previous year around 1,000 changed hands. 
These successful transfers bring new energy and focus into  
our network. 

There are cases where branches which are run by independent 
business people from their own premises close due to circumstances 
beyond our control. When a branch closes in such circumstances, we 
communicate the situation to the local community and stakeholders 
and our approach is to try to restore a sustainable post office service 
when possible. Our field teams work with local communities to try to 
restore services and in many cases, we are able to do this. There are 
cases where it is not possible, even after considerable efforts. If a 
post office is closed for whatever reason, even if it is just for a short 
time whilst work is undertaken to restore service, it is not included in 
the numbers we use when reporting network size. Our reported 
network size of 11,820 at the end of March 2011 shows the network 
of open and trading post offices.

We are committed to being as open and as transparent 
as possible. We hope that our first annual Transparency 
Report is helpful to our wide range of stakeholders. We 
would welcome any feedback on this report.

You can provide feedback by emailing Shane O’Riordain, Director of 
Communications, at shane.oriordain@royalmail.com. 

Agency post office branches account for 97% of the 
network. They are run by independent business people  
and the post office is usually part of a retail outlet.

19

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Our businesses

The Group’s main businesses
The Group is organised into three businesses which are covered in 
the following pages. 

UK Letters & Parcels and International (UKLPI) processes and 
delivers letters and packets in line with its unique Universal Service 
Obligation (USO), through Royal Mail. It is also a leading provider of 
collection and delivery services for express packages and parcels 
through Parcelforce Worldwide, providing both businesses and 
consumers with a full range of timed delivery options. UKLPI is 
responsible for the design and production of the UK’s stamps and 
philatelic products. It is also responsible for the processing of 
international mail under reciprocal arrangements with other 
overseas postal administrations. Within this unit are:

•  Commercial Regulated

•  Commercial Non-Regulated

•  Operations

•  Wholesale 

•  Property

•  Central functions

Post Office Limited has a national network of branches and is 
represented in many communities across the country. It provides a 
trusted access point for everyday products, services and information 
in postal services, financial services, travel, banking, telephony, bill 
payments, Government services, retail and the secure transportation 
of cash.

General Logistics Systems B.V. (GLS) delivers high-quality parcel 
services, logistics and express services throughout Europe. GLS is 
one of the biggest ground-based parcel service providers in Europe 
today. GLS provides a network coverage of 42 countries through 
wholly owned and partner companies and is globally connected via 
contractual agreements.

Parcelforce Worldwide is the Group’s express parcels 
business for business and consumers, delivering from  
two hubs and 52 depots in the UK.

20

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

UK Letters & Parcels and International

Royal Mail is the only 
provider of the UK’s 
Universal Service  
for some of the lowest 
prices in Europe.

UK Letters & Parcels and International comprises the activities of both 
Royal Mail and Parcelforce Worldwide. Royal Mail delivered 62 million  
items every working day last year. Parcelforce Worldwide handled  
63 million parcels. In total, these businesses employ 155,181 people 
in the UK.

Royal Mail is the only provider of the UK’s Universal Service for some 
of the lowest prices in Europe. It provides a daily collection and 
delivery service at uniform and affordable prices. Royal Mail also 
provides the social and economic glue in every single community with 
its reach to 28.8 million addresses.

Royal Mail collects from around 115,000 post boxes and 
11,820 post offices six-days-a-week. It works through 
the night in a network of 59 mail centres. Royal Mail uses 
a fleet of 33,600 vehicles and employs 130,000 postmen 
and women in 1,371 delivery offices, delivering around 
62 million items of mail every single working day. 

Royal Mail’s biggest challenge continues to be the digital age. The 
competition of technology – email, phone, text and broadband – has 
had a dramatic effect on the whole market. It contributed to mail 
volume decline of 4% this year. 

Parcelforce Worldwide provides express parcel services to both 
businesses and consumers. With global reach, it operates from two 
hubs and 52 depots within the UK. 

Parcelforce Worldwide has had an exceptional year. In a market 
where competition is open and intense, it has increased both 
revenues and profits.

In the UK market, where there are more than a dozen major parcel 
businesses, Parcelforce Worldwide’s growth has outpaced all its 
rivals. 

It achieved volume growth of 15%, partially offset by a changing 
customer mix and market price pressures, leading to another  
year of record profits.

Its Business to Business volumes also grew in 2010-11 in what  
is the most competitive sector of the market. Its business strategy 
rests firmly on one of the highest quality of service records in the 
industry.

Parcelforce Worldwide employs 4,508 people. The business has high 
employee engagement – amongst the highest levels in the whole of 
Royal Mail Group.

Trading results

UK Letters & Parcels and International

We achieved our First Class quality target in 2010-11 with a 93.0% 
performance when account is taken of the extraordinary combination of 
the harshest winter in 30 years1 and the unprecedented closure of UK 
airspace because of Icelandic volcanic ash. Without any adjustment the 
performance for the year would be 91.4%.

External revenue

Operating (loss)/profit after  
modernisation costs*

* before other operating exceptional items

2010-11
£m

6,857

2009-10
£m

6,978

(120)

20

Under the terms of its licence from Postcomm and in accordance  
with standard practice, Royal Mail is asking the regulator to apply 
adjustments to the 2010-11 quality of service figures, to recognise the 
severity of the weather conditions and the disruption caused by the 
volcanic ash cloud, via an established procedure. The Company believes 
the exceptional conditions fully warrant adjustments as Royal Mail did 
everything possible to cope with events beyond its control.

Revenue fell by £121 million as tariff increases were not enough  
to offset a 4% volume decline in inland addressed mail, which was 
primarily driven by losses to alternative digital communications 
channels. Single-piece mail like stamped and metered declined by 
11%. This means that in five years this type of mail has declined by 
over 35%. The decline in inland addressed volumes was lower than 
last year’s at 7%, reflecting improvements in the economy and recent 
signs that advertising mail is starting to reclaim some market share. 
The 4% decline in inland addressed mail was driven by letters 5%, 
large letters 4%, offset by a 3% increase in packets.

Movement in operating profit after modernisation costs

20

(121)

(12)

(7)

(120)

£m
30
0
-30
-60
-90
-120

Royal Mail has one of the largest vehicle fleets in the UK, 
with over 33,000 vehicles which are used to transport mail 
around the country.

First Class retail quality of service was 91.4% against the background  
of adverse weather and volcanic ash cloud conditions during 2010-11. 
The timing and severity of snow in November and December 2010, 

1  Source: Met. Office.

2009-10

Revenue

Costs

Modernisation
costs

2010-11

21

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

UK Letters & Parcels and International continued

when Christmas volumes were peaking, was a real test of Royal Mail’s 
Universal Service credentials. Even though it proved impossible to 
deliver in some parts of the country, unlike others Royal Mail did not 
shut down its network. It invested £20 million more to maintain it. 

During the year, a pay and modernisation agreement with the 
Communication Workers Union was reached, providing a platform to 
continue to modernise Royal Mail’s network. However, the delay in 
signing this agreement resulted in lower cost savings than originally 
anticipated. This contributed to operating profit after modernisation 
costs declining from £20 million to a loss of £120 million. 

Modernisation

2006-07

2007-08

2008-09

2009-10

2010-11

Royal Mail charters 25 aircraft, which make 54 flights on 
average a day.

%
0
(5)
(10)
(15)
(20)
(25)

% Inland addressed volume decline
% FTE decline

The challenge of managing down costs – in a largely fixed costs/
people-based network – more quickly than the decline in revenues  
is even more critical if the Universal Service is to be profitable and 
sustainable. Since 2006-07, volumes have declined cumulatively  
by over 20% whilst the gross cumulative reduction in hours is around 
15%. This is why modernising the network is a significant part of the 
overall Group strategy. When completed, it will not only be one of the 
largest transformations in the UK, but will also provide world-class 
productivity, safety and service quality. It will enable mail to compete 
successfully with other communications media.

Since March 2006, £2.0 billion has been invested by Royal Mail in 
new equipment in mail centres and delivery offices and voluntary 
redundancy costs, with some £400 million spent in 2010-11. In that 
time nearly 23,000 people have left the business.

£m
2,000
1,500
1,000
500
0

£2.0bn

£1.6bn

£1.1bn

£0.6bn

£0.3bn

2006-07

2007-08

2008-09

2009-10

2010-11

Annual voluntary redundancy  
Annual project one-off costs i.e. project   
management costs  
Annual CapEx i.e. machines, property  
Cumulative investment  

(cumulative £0.5bn)

(cumulative £0.3bn)
(cumulative £1.2bn)
(£2.0bn) 

Royal Mail’s operation at Heathrow Worldwide Distribution 
Centre handles international mail to and from the rest of 
the world.

The challenging and changing market
In addition to our core letters market of First and Second Class 
letters and bulk mail, Royal Mail offers distribution services to 
e-commerce companies, traditional catalogue retailers and other 
customers wishing to send packages domestically. Services range 
from stamped packets with no tracking or additional value-add to 
Special Delivery, a lunchtime next day, guaranteed service, and our 
next day Tracked service offering full end-to-end tracking. 

In 2010-11, we began to rationalise and simplify our products and 
to align them more closely to customers’ different needs. Simplicity 
in our offer will benefit customers, enhance Royal Mail’s operational 
efficiency, and make customers want to choose us. 

We have done a lot this year to improve our core products and to 
innovate.

22

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

UK Letters & Parcels and International continued

Highlights included: 

•  Continued strong growth for our Royal Mail Tracked services – 
greater than 100% growth in volume and revenue for the third 
year running. Growth has been generated by the addition of 
around 700 new customers and winning a major contract with 
one of the UK’s leading online retailers.

•  The launch of our next day tracked service – Royal Mail Tracked 
Next Day. This responds to increasing customer demand for  
faster services.

•  Making it easier for customers to buy our services, and receive 
reports on our performance, through the launch of our online 
ordering tool, Despatch Manager Online.

•  A successful trial of evening deliveries within the London area.  

This is now being expanded through Royal Mail Sameday.

•  Keeping open around 600 enquiry offices up to two hours later 

on a Wednesday and Saturday to provide customers with greater 
flexibility.

•  For advertisers, Royal Mail’s Advertising Mail™ is a new product, 
designed as part of Royal Mail’s commitment to meet the specific 
needs of advertisers. Customers sending dedicated advertising 
mail that meets direct marketing ‘best practice’ standards can 
benefit from better prices, helping them deliver stronger returns 
on their marketing investment.

•  For fulfilment companies, Royal Mail has developed a simple-

to-use online tool to get the right packet delivery products and 
options to meet specific customer needs in this highly competitive 
area. This ‘menu-based’ approach allows customers to choose 
what works best for them. 

While the number of corporate and SME companies including mail  
in their advertising mix has slightly increased, overall volumes have 
declined. This is because of the substitution of digital communication 
by customers. Royal Mail has countered this by offering marketing 
support including the Mail Media Centre (mmc.co.uk) – the home of 
insight and advice – and financial incentives to encourage both first-
time users and existing users of direct marketing. 

Royal Mail is a strong player in the direct mail market, where there  
is solid evidence that well-targeted direct mail beats other ways of 
advertising. We are developing strategies to be the marketing 
partner of choice for direct mailers. We are doing so by offering 
expertise in data management, campaign planning and consumer 
targeting. We are aiming at growth with both the largest companies 
and small businesses. 

2010 saw our first ever Direct Marketing Sale, stimulating significant 
incremental business. 

More traditional transactional mail continues to decline as many of 
the banks and utilities run proactive programmes to switch 
consumers to digital alternatives, while the customer remains keen 
on receiving posted items. Many businesses are reappraising the use 
of direct mail and the advertising association WARC is forecasting a 
3% growth in 2011-12.

Key Facts and figures

•  62 million items processed and delivered every single working day

•  74% of mail is delivered to just 13% of the country

•  28.8 million addresses – 1.6 million business addresses

•  91.4% First Class quality of service – but post force majeure will 

have hit target. Target is 93%

•  Royal Mail became the world’s first postal company to help businesses 
make their post interactive using digital watermarking technology.

•  115,271 post boxes

The advertising and communications market continues to change. 
This has had a direct impact on direct mail and transactional mail – 
bills and statements. Although high and low volume business mailers 
and those sending statements will see an improved offer from us in 
2011-12. The continued trend has been towards highly measurable 
low cost media. This has fuelled the growth in cheaper digital media. 
Combined with greater consumer access through broadband and 
mobile channels, the majority of UK growth has been in the digital 
space, with a direct impact on direct mail volumes.

•  59 mail centres, of which 24 are World Class Mail centres

•  1,371 delivery offices

•  33,600 vehicles

•  155,181 people

•  UK stamp prices amongst lowest in Europe

23

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

UK Letters & Parcels and International continued

Royal Mail Special Stamps programme

Royal Mail’s first commemorative stamp was issued in 1924 to 
mark the British Empire Exhibition. In the 1960s, the modern-
day Special Stamp programme was launched. This now features 
over a dozen issues every year.

By 31 March 2011, over 450 issues of Special Stamps had been 
produced. Themes for 2010-11 varied from ‘Britain Alone’, a 
tribute to people on the home front in the dark days of 1940,  
to UK mammals, Winnie-the-Pooh and stage musicals.

In August 2010, the Great British Railways issue saw the 
launch of the world’s first intelligent stamps. When scanned 
through a special smartphone app the stamps revealed 
exclusive footage of Bernard Cribbins reciting the iconic Night 
Mail poem. This technology was also included in stamps 
celebrating the 50th anniversary of environmental 
organisation WWF in March 2011.

In December, Wallace and Gromit Christmas stamps proved 
extremely popular. FAB stamps got 2011 off to a flying start in 
January with the UK’s first motion stamps – lenticular printing 
revealing the iconic 5–4–3–2–1 opening sequence of 
Thunderbirds when the stamps are tilted back and forth.

The year culminated in the announcement on 29 March of 
stamps to commemorate the wedding of HRH Prince William 
and Catherine Middleton. The stamps made headlines across 
the UK and around the globe, reinforcing Royal Mail’s reputation 
as a world leader in stamp production and design.

Wallace and Gromit stamps were extremely popular in 
December for Christmas mail.

24

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

The Post Office

The Post Office is  
part of everyday life in 
communities throughout 
the UK.

It provides around 170 different services and products spanning 
financial services including savings, insurance, loans, mortgages and 
credit cards. Post Office also offers Government services; telephony; 
foreign currency; travel insurance and mail services. 

Around 20 million customers visit the 11,820 Post Office branches  
per week.

Trading results

Post Office Limited

External revenue

Operating profit after modernisation costs*

* before other operating exceptional items.

2010-11
£m

2009-10
£m

776

21

838

33

Revenue declined by £62 million to £776 million, mainly in traditional 
business. This was caused by Post Office Card Account income falling 
due to the full year impact of the October 2009 contract on the Card 
Account (which yields a lower rate per account) and as customers 
continued to migrate to bank accounts. Revenues also declined in 
some areas of financial services and telephony. Although revenues 
declined in travel services due to economic factors, market share 
was maintained. 

This has resulted in a decline in profit after modernisation costs of  
£12 million from £33 million to £21 million. Some of the revenue 
decline was mitigated by careful cost control which included a 16% 
reduction in the number of managers. 

There has been a focus on addressing customers’ concerns around 
queue time in Crown Offices with the benefits of the 2009-10 Crown 
Office refurbishment programme providing a platform to improve 
our service into the future. Complaints are down in the year, but 
there is further work to do. A focus on customer service will continue 
into 2011-12, to meet the rising expectations of consumers related 
to staff helpfulness and speed of service through staff training and 
further self-service in branches.

Maintaining revenues 
The challenge in the Post Office is similar to that of Royal Mail: to find 
new revenue streams and to manage costs efficiently as traditional 
volumes decline. 

During the year, the Post Office identified growth in other areas.  
This is key in stabilising revenues as traditional volumes fall away.  
In Government services, new income has been generated following  
the roll out in the first half of the year of biometric identity capture 
equipment across 752 branches. In mails, revenues in premium 
services have increased by investing in branch specialists who offer 
service and support to customers. Working with Royal Mail, there 
are further plans to grow our mails services to small businesses. In 
financial services, online savings accounts have been very successful, 
bringing in excess of £4 billion online balances in the seven-month 
period since their launch in August 2010. 

The Post Office is piloting new branch formats, which can 
offer extended opening hours to customers. In Post Office 
locals, the Post Office operation is fully integrated into the 
retail outlet where it is located. This means Post Office 
services are offered for longer, matching retailers’ opening 
hours and, in many cases, open on Sundays too.

The Government has committed to £1.34 billion in funding 
over the next four years. This will cement the Post Office’s 
vital place in UK communities. It will help to build a Post 
Office network that is relevant for the 21st century.

25

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

The Post Office continued

Within the branch network, by far the largest of its kind in the UK, 
piloting of the new Post Office trading models is underway to extend 
opening hours and to enable more sustainable and profitable 
branches for operators in the future. Feedback from customers  
and operators about the pilots is positive. Research by MORI for 
Consumer Focus shows that 97% of customers believe the 
convenience of the location is better or on a par with other post 
offices and 83% like the increased opening hours. Research by aba 
research for Post Office Limited reports that 94% of customers are 
extremely or very satisfied with their overall experience. Working 
closely with the National Federation of Subpostmasters, 
developments will be reviewed and stakeholder views taken into 
account as these models develop.

Securing the Post Office network in the digital age
Post Office Limited is now embarking on a five-year plan based on 
the Government’s policy statement ‘Securing the Post Office network 
in the digital age’, published in November 2010. This confirmed 
Government funding commitment of £1.34 billion over the next four 
years, which is vital to ensure further innovation in the Post Office 
network.

This support from the Government shows a tremendous commitment 
to the future of the Post Office network. It reinforces its place in local 
communities, its role as part of UK infrastructure and the social 
value that its network provides to the country. The package provides 
the investment and confidence to build a Post Office that is relevant 
for customers in the 21st century. It will establish a sustainable 
future for the Post Office. It provides the foundation we need to build 
a Post Office we can all be proud of.

The plan reflects:

•  A strong understanding of and commitment to the social and 

economic value of the Post Office for communities and businesses 
across the UK

•  Investing in and modernising to create a sustainable branch 

network which offers longer opening hours to customers. There 
will be no programme of closures

•  Maintaining a strong commercial relationship with Royal Mail for 

the mutual benefit of both companies

•  Establishing the Post Office as a genuine front office of 

Government at both national and local level

•  Expanding accessible and affordable personal financial services, 

including helping people access their current accounts through our 
branches. In the year ahead almost 80% of all UK current accounts 
will be accessible at post offices

•  Complementing an increasingly online world to benefit customers. 
Providing access to online services through our branch network for 
those who are digitally excluded and easy general access to those 
digital processes that still need a physical element, e.g. handling a 
package, checking documents or confirming customers’ identities

•  Moving forward with important concepts within the Postal 

Services Act such as the opportunities for mutualisation that 
would look at new ways for employees, subpostmasters and 
communities to be involved in the ownership and running of the 
Post Office

Modern Crown Post Office branches feature an open plan  
layout, with a separate area for financial services 
conversations. The ticketing system helps to manage footfall.

Automated Post & Go machines enable customers to weigh 
and pay for postage away from the counter.

Facts and figures

•  Around 11,800 branches, including 373 Crown Offices

•  Approximately 28,000 customer-facing positions

•  Around 20 million customers visit the post office per week

•  UK’s leading supplier of foreign currency exchange with a 25% 

market share

•  Customer satisfaction levels at 85%

26

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

General Logistics Systems – GLS

GLS is one of the biggest 
ground-based parcel 
service providers in  
Europe today.

GLS is a pan-European company providing reliable, Business to 
Business high-quality parcel and express services as well as value-
added logistics solutions. Founded in 1999, it has strong historical 
roots in each European country’s domestic market. 

GLS is one of the biggest ground based parcel service 
providers in Europe today. GLS provides a network 
coverage of 42 countries through wholly owned and 
partner companies and is globally connected via 
contractual agreements.

The GLS network comprises 38 central transhipment points in 
Europe made up of 656 depots and 17,100 vehicles. Its 13,167 
people deliver over 360 million parcels annually for 220,000 
customers throughout Europe.

GLS is the European leader in quality providing market-leading 
quality and margins. 

GLS pan-European network

• Albania • Andorra • Austria • Belgium • Bosnia-Herzegovina      
• Bulgaria • Croatia• Cyprus • Czech Republic • Denmark • Estonia • Finland    
• France • Germany • Greece • Hungary • Iceland • Ireland • Italy • Latvia • Liechtenstein 
• Lithuania • Luxemburg  • Macedonia • Malta • Monaco • Montenegro • Netherlands 
• Norway • Poland • Portugal • Romania • San Marino • Serbia • Slovakia • Slovenia   
• Spain • Sweden • Switzerland • Turkey • United Kingdom • Vatican City

Trading results

General Logistics Systems

External revenue

Operating profit after modernisation costs*

* before other operating exceptional items.

2010-11
£m

1,485

118

2009-10
£m

1,487

112

Reported revenues are £2 million lower than last year at £1,485 
million. This is partly due to the strengthening of Sterling against the 
Euro. Underlying revenues were around 4% higher than the prior 
year after adjusting for exchange rate movements. This reflects the 
improvements in the European economies as they move out of 
recession. This underlying improvement was driven by volume 
growth. 

Operating profit increased by £6 million (5.3%) to £118 million, 
despite an adverse currency effect of £4 million. After adjusting for 
the currency impact, operating profits increased by 9%. 

Profitability improved from economies of scale as higher 
parcel volumes were transported through the GLS 
network as well as through continued focus on costs.

The operating margin after modernisation costs improved from 7.5%  
to 8.0%.

GLS underlying revenue

€m
2,000
1,500
1,000
500
0

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

Up to 2008-09, GLS grew its revenues every year in line with growth 
in the European economies and the expansion of its network. Then 
GLS, like other parcel companies, was impacted by the recessionary 
environment which started in 2008, resulting in a modest decline  
in volumes and revenues. Despite the recession, GLS has continued 
to generate healthy cash returns. It continued to strengthen its 
European network and focus on excellent service quality. This leaves 
GLS well placed as economies and markets improve.

Facts and figures

•  Parcel volume 2010-11: 360 million 

•  Customers: 220,000 

•  Workforce: 13,167 

•  Hubs: 38

•  Locations: 656 

•  Vehicles: 17,100

 
 
 
 
 
 
27

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Key Performance Indicators

The Group’s Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) 
Customers are at the centre of everything we do within the Group. 
Our main aim is to be the most trusted delivery brand in the UK 
which provides the Universal Service for our customers the length 
and breadth of the country. We also want to be seen as the premier 
European and UK express parcel businesses, offering excellent 
customer service. 

The Group also wants to sustain and grow the Post Office 
commercially while maintaining its key role as part of the UK’s social 
and economic fabric.

Our key strategies and objectives will be communicated widely across 
the Group, embedded into its day-to-day activities and measured on 
a timely basis by appropriate KPIs and performance measurements. 
They are monitored by the Royal Mail Holdings plc Board and its sub 
committees, as highlighted below:

Customer service
To win and keep customers we must provide a consistently high 
quality of service, delivering on time, collecting on time and 
responding quickly when needed.

That means:

• delivering a high quality of service and mails integrity

• developing products that match the needs of our customers

• becoming easier to do business with

Our performance measures in this area are:

KPI

Retail First Class quality of service

Number of complaints (millions)

Post Office Limited – customer satisfaction

2011 

91.4%

1.23

85%

2010

87.9%

1.20

89%

First Class quality of service continues to improve, building on the 
momentum achieved in the previous year. Customer complaints rose 
reflecting the challenges posed by the volcanic ash cloud and adverse 
winter weather conditions.

Parcelforce Worldwide continues to provide excellent customer service 
with its PFWW 24 timed delivery product. Quality of service remained 
stable this year, despite the adverse winter weather conditions. 

Post Office customers remain satisfied with the service they receive 
in the 11,820 post office branches throughout the country. A focus 
on customer service will continue in 2011-12.

Modernising Royal Mail 
Our modernisation programme continues to drive wide-ranging 
efficiency improvements across the business as well as delivering 
cost savings. Our World Class Mail programme has been launched in 
24 mail centres and in 117 delivery offices this year. Belfast, Cardiff 
and Gatwick mail centres have already received awards from the 
World Class Manufacturing Association. 

Our performance measures in this area are:

KPI

Gross hours reduction (%)

Sequenced mail exit rate

2011 

2.4%

34%

2010

5.9%

8%

Handheld devices deployed (cumulative)

33,553

27,000

As set out in the modernisation section we did not achieve the gross 
hours reduction we had anticipated. However, we have made 
significant progress modernising our mail centres.

Our people
Royal Mail Group believes that health and safety is an important 
element of every working day. The Group treats this matter very 
seriously and it is discussed regularly at Board meetings. Throughout 
our businesses, we are committed to ensuring our employees and 
customers are kept as safe as possible. We also understand that we 
can only move forward as a successful group of companies if we 
involve our people in making change happen. This underpins our 
commitment to employee engagement through our regular survey 
which was established in 2003.

Our performance measures in this area are:

KPI

RIDDOR Accidents/1000  
(12 month rolling average)#

Engagement Index

Total Attendance

2011 

20.8

24%

95.4%

2010

27.8

*

95.0%

* comparative not available due to change in basis of measurement.
# frontline employees

We have improved the accident rate materially but seek a further 
positive change in 2011-12. Engaging our people will be a major 
focus in the coming years as we have set out on pages 9 and 10.

Profitability and cash flow
Funding from Government continues to be used to support the 
capital investment programme which addresses the historic under-
investment in the core letters business. Continuing to develop more 
efficient ways of working and well-targeted products and services 
will help us to succeed in a highly competitive marketplace.

Our performance measures in this area are:

KPI

External revenue

Operating profit*

Margin*

Free cash flow

2011 

2010

£9,156m

£9,349m

£39m

0.4%

£180m

1.9%

£(213)m

£(545)m

* after modernisation costs before other operating exceptional items 

Details of our financial performance are included in the Financial 
Review on pages 28 to 34.

The current KPIs and performance measures are under review. It is 
our intention to share these with all of our stakeholders at our half-
yearly review in the Autumn. The new range of KPIs will follow 
similar themes as detailed in this section where the services we give 
to our customers will be at the centre of everything we do. 

28

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Financial review

Profit and loss summary

External revenue

Operating costs

Modernisation exceptional costs

Share of profits from joint ventures  
& associates

Operating profit after modernisation 
costs*

Other operating exceptional costs

Non-operating exceptional profits

Profit before financing and taxation

Net finance costs and pensions interest

Taxation charge

Loss for the financial year 

* before other operating exceptional items

Balance sheet summary 

Net assets before pension deficit

Pension deficit

Net liabilities

Cash flow summary 

EBITDA, pre pension costs 

Operating exceptional items*

Working capital

Pension payments 

Cash outflow from operations

Capital expenditure

Disposal of assets

Other (dividends, tax, interest)

Free cash outflow 

* excludes pension payments relating to redundancy

2011
£m

2010
£m

9,156

9,349

(8,938)

(8,986)

(207)

(224)

28

41

•  Group external revenue fell by £193m, from £9,349m in 2010 to 

£9,156m in 2011 as core traditional volumes in Royal Mail and the 
Post Office continue to decline;

•  Operating profit after modernisation costs of £39m is £141m 
lower than last year’s £180m mainly due to the decrease in 
revenues offset by lower operating and modernisation costs. Other 
operating exceptional costs include impairments of £41m and a 
£30m provision for potential industrial claims;

39

(88)

109

60

(212)

(106)

(258)

180

(67)

5

118

(380)

(58)

(320)

•  Non-operating exceptional profits of £109m comprise profits on 
the sales of property and other assets of £65m (2010 £5m) and 
the profit on disposal of a 20% investment in Camelot of £44m 
(2010 £nil);

•  Finance and pensions interest costs of £212m (2010 £380m) 

have reduced by £168m mainly due to a £162m lower notional 
pensions interest charge; and 

•  Taxation charges have increased mainly due to a deferred tax 

charge increase of £34m.

2011
£m

2010
£m

1,394

1,760

(4,501)

(8,041)

(3,107)

(6,281)

•  Net assets before the pension deficit of £1.4bn are £0.4bn lower 
than last year’s £1.8bn, mainly due to property and other asset 
disposals; 

•  The accounting pension deficit has decreased from £8.0bn in 
2010 to £4.5bn in 2011, reflecting the decrease in liabilities 
following the Government announcing its intention to change the 
inflation measure from RPI to CPI and an increase in asset values 
as a result of improved market conditions; and 

•  Net liabilities of £3.1bn are lower than £6.3bn last year primarily 

because of the reduction in the pension deficit.

2011
£m

962

(242)

(49)

(771)

(100)

(376)

237

26

2010
£m

1,082

(243)

(83)

(867)

(111)

(462)

14

14

•  EBITDA pre pension costs of £962m is lower than last year’s 

£1,082m mainly due to the decline in revenues of £193m, offset 
by a reduction in operating costs;

•  Operating exceptional items of £242m mainly comprise cash 

flows relating to modernisation such as voluntary redundancy and 
ColleagueShare payments;

•  Pension payments of £771m are £96m lower than last year’s 

£867m mainly because of the reduction in ongoing contributions 
as a result of lower pensionable pay and a reduction in the 
employer cash contributions rate;

•  Capital expenditure of £376m is £86m lower due to a reduction in 

(213)

(545)

capital expenditure on the modernisation programme;

•  Disposal of assets of £237m comprises property sales of £164m 

and the sale of a 20% investment in Camelot of £73m; and

•  As a result, free cash outflow of £213m is £332m lower than 
last year, of which some £400m (2010 £500m) relates to 
modernisation.

 
 
 
29

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Financial review continued

Background
Royal Mail Holdings plc (the Company) is a public limited company 
wholly owned by the UK Government. It became a plc on 26 March 
2001. The framework for change was the Postal Services Act 2000 
that created a commercially focused company with a more strategic 
relationship with the Government. Royal Mail Holdings plc together 
with its subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures comprise ‘the 
Group’. The Group operates within a regulatory framework 
comprising an independent regulator, Postcomm, and a statutory 
consumer organisation, Consumer Focus. 

Legal structure 
Royal Mail Holdings plc is directly owned by the UK Government and 
is the ultimate parent company of the Group. The Group primarily 
operates within the United Kingdom, having a number of subsidiaries, 
joint ventures and associates, but also has presence in most European 
countries, mainly through General Logistics Systems B.V. Its basic legal 
structure is as follows: 

Royal Mail 
Holdings plc

Royal Mail 
Group Ltd1

Post Office 
Limited

Royal Mail  
Investments Limited

Royal Mail  
Estates Limited

General Logistics  
Systems B.V.

1 

 The UK Letters & Parcels and International business unit included in Royal Mail Group Ltd is not a separate 
legal entity.

Further details on the principal subsidiaries are provided in note 29 
to the financial statements.

Operating units
The Group is organised into four operating units:

UK Letters & Parcels and International (UKLPI) processes and 
delivers letters and packets in line with its unique Universal Service 
Obligation (USO) and is also a leading provider of collection and 
delivery services for express packages and parcels, providing both 
business and private addresses with a full range of timed delivery 
options. It is responsible for the design and production of the UK’s 
stamps and philatelic products and also the processing of 
international mail under reciprocal arrangements with other 
overseas postal administrations. Within this unit are the Commercial 
Regulated, Commercial Non-Regulated, Operations, Wholesale, 
Property and Central functions which are aligned to products or 
specific business areas and functions.

Other comprises: Romec Limited and NDC 2000 Limited, which 
provide facilities management services and design consultancy 
services respectively for both the Group and to external customers; 
PostCap Guernsey Limited which provides captive insurance services 
for the Group; Royal Mail Pension Trustees Limited which provides 
trustee services to, and manages the administration of, the Group’s 
principal pension scheme; and the Group’s investment in Quadrant 
Catering Limited, which provides catering services across the Group.

The following table highlights the segmental results of each unit: 

Business unit performance

UK Letters & Parcels 
and International 
(UKLPI)

General Logistics 
Systems (GLS)

Post Office Limited

Other businesses

Group

External revenue

Operating (loss)/profit after
modernisation costs*

2011
£m

2010
£m

2011
£m

2010
£m

6,857

6,978

(120)

20

1,485

1,487

118

776

38

838

46

9,156

9,349

21

20

39

112

33

15

180

* before other operating exceptional items

Segment performance is discussed in the relevant preceding 
sections. 

External revenue
The Group’s external revenue fell by £193m from £9,349m to 
£9,156m. 

UKLPI revenue was £121m lower at £6,857m mainly due to a 4% 
decline in core letter volumes despite price increases. The volume 
decline is driven by a change in the marketplace, with a move away 
from core products to digital communications channels and 
competitors, as well as down-trading to other lower priced Royal 
Mail products.

Post Office Limited revenue declined by £62m to £776m, mainly in 
traditional Government business. This was caused by Post Office 
Card Account income falling due to the full year impact of the 
October 2009 contract on the Card Account (which yields a lower 
rate per account) and as customers continued to migrate to bank 
accounts.

GLS revenue was lower by £2m year on year at £1,485m, with an 
underlying revenue growth of around 4% being more than offset by 
the adverse impact of foreign exchange when converting its Euro 
results into Sterling.

External revenue by business unit 

General Logistics Systems B.V. (GLS) is one of the largest ground 
based parcel service providers in Europe today. GLS provides a 
network coverage of 42 countries through wholly owned and partner 
companies and is globally connected via contractual agreements.

Post Office Limited has a national network of branches at the 
heart of communities across the country. They provide a trusted 
access point for everyday products, services and information in 
postal services, financial services, travel, banking, telephony, bill 
payments, Government services, retail and the secure transportation 
of cash.

£m
10,000
8,000
6,000
4,000
2,000
0

6,857

1,485

776

38

9,156

UKLPI

GLS

POL

Other 
business

Total

 
30

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Financial review continued

Costs (including modernisation costs) 

People costs

Distribution and conveyance costs

Other operating costs

2011
£m

2010
£m

(5,717)

(5,746)

(1,619)

(1,579)

(1,602)

(1,661)

Operating costs before exceptional items

(8,938)

(8,986)

Modernisation costs  
(operating exceptional items)

(207)

(224)

Total operating costs of £8,938m have decreased from £8,986m by 
£48m whilst modernisation costs have decreased by £17m to £207m.

People costs of £5,717m have decreased by £29m. This decrease is 
driven by the modernisation programme delivering efficiencies, 
contributing to a headcount reduction of around 5,200 for the Group, 
but has almost been offset by higher pay rate and pensions costs.

Distribution and conveyance operating costs of £1,619m have 
increased by £40m, principally due to higher year-on-year 
international export volumes, differing country mix and higher 
freight rates into the USA and Australasia.

Other operating costs (including sales and marketing, property, 
communication, IT, and other functional costs) have decreased by 
£59m to £1,602m, driven by a focused cost and procurement 
exercise across the UK businesses. 

Modernisation costs are £17m lower as a result of a £69m net 
release of ColleagueShare costs (2010 £44m charge) offset in part 
by £84m higher restructuring costs and £12m higher impairments 
due to business transformation.

Operating profit after modernisation costs – growth/(decline) 
by business unit (£m)*

£m
200
160
120
80
40
0

180

6

(140)

2009-10

UKLPI

GLS

(12)

POL

5

39

Other
Business

2010-11

Operating (loss)/profit after modernisation costs by  
business unit (£m)*

£m
120
60
0
-60

-120

118
118

(120)
72

21

20

39

UKLPI

GLS

POL

Other
Business

Total

* before other operating exceptional items

Operating profit after modernisation costs of £39m is £141m lower 
than £180m last year. UKLPI and Post Office Limited both returned 
year-on-year profit declines due to falling revenues and competitive 
and economic factors whilst GLS continued to generate significant 
profits and achieve good margins as European economies improve.

Share of profits in joint ventures and associates 
The Group’s share of profits in joint ventures and associates of £28m 
decreased by £13m from £41m mainly due to the sale of a 20% 
investment in Camelot (£7m) and lower profit shares from both G3 
Worldwide Mail N.V. (Spring) and the Bureau de Change joint venture.

Net exceptional items, including modernisation costs 

Exceptional items

Operating exceptional items:

- Modernisation costs 

- Other

Non-operating exceptional items:

- Asset disposals

- Camelot disposal

Net exceptional items

2011
£m

2010
£m

(207)

(88)

(295)

65

44

(224)

(67)

(291)

5

- 

(186)

(286)

Modernisation costs are treated as operating exceptional items 
because of their nature and size and have been explained above.

Other operating exceptional costs of £88m comprise a £30m 
provision for potential industrial claims, £41m of impairments and 
£15m relating to costs associated with the State Aid application and 
Postal Services Bill. For further details see note 7 to the financial 
statements. 

During the year there has been an increase in property and other 
asset disposals and a one-off sale of the Group’s 20% investment  
in Camelot. Together these generated a non-operating exceptional 
profit of £109m (2010 £5m).

ColleagueShare scheme (related credits and charges included 
in modernisation costs) 
The scheme has completed its fourth year and has one more year  
in its five year life span during which notional shares have been 
allocated to employees and stakeholder dividends paid based on the 
achievement of certain targets. The costs and credits of the scheme 
continue to be treated as a modernisation cost within operating 
exceptional items.

Fully eligible employees continue to hold 711 notional shares each in 
the Company, following their issue in 2007 (408 shares) and 2008 
(303 shares). The Board agreed during 2009-10 that the third and 
final issue of notional shares was replaced by the payment of an 
additional stakeholder dividend, now deemed to be business 
transformation payments as they are linked directly to the 
achievement of targets, including key modernisation milestones.

31

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Financial review continued

The value of ColleagueShares is based on a share plan valuation 
model. The scheme provides employees with two opportunities to 
sell ColleagueShares back to the Company, after valuation points at 
March 2011 and March 2012. The valuation at March 2011 shows 
no value to ColleagueShares. The final value of ColleagueShares will 
not be known until after the end of the 2011-12 financial year but it 
is expected that this valuation will similarly indicate no value. The 
value of ColleagueShares is a result of the deteriorating financial 
position of the Group which is reflected in the latest business plan. 
This has resulted in the provision at 27 March 2011 for the 
redemption value at the end of the scheme being reduced to £nil and 
a credit of £109m recognised in modernisation costs.

The impact of the deterioration in the anticipated financial position of 
Royal Mail Group Ltd is also reflected in the individual parent 
Company financial statements of Royal Mail Holdings plc, where its 
carrying value has been written down by £3.8bn to £nil as set out 
on page 106.

The Group made the final stakeholder dividend payment relating to 
2009-10 of £400 per eligible employee and continued to pay in the 
year additional business transformation payments in recognition of 
achieving certain targets. The total charge to the income statement 
for these payments is £41m.

Net finance and pensions interest costs 
Net finance and pensions interest costs of £212m (2010 £380m) 
comprise £167m (2010 £329m) net pensions interest costs and 
£45m (2010 £51m) of finance costs relating to cash and debt. Net 
pensions interest costs are explained in the pensions section below. 

Net finance costs of £45m (2010 £51m) comprise finance costs of 
£114m (2010 £98m), offset by finance income of £69m (2010 
£47m). The increase in finance costs of £16m is mainly due to higher 
borrowing volumes and higher finance lease interest payable, partly 
offset by lower charges due to unwinding of discounts and lower 
commitment fees. The increase in finance income of £22m is mainly 
due to higher investment yields on index-linked gilts within the 
pension escrow investment portfolio, higher investment volumes 
within the escrow investment portfolio and interest receivable on 
large VAT repayments.

Taxation  
The taxation charge of £106m (2010 £58m) comprises £17m 
current tax credit (2010 £27m) with respect to UK operations, a 
£35m (2010 £31m) current tax charge on overseas profits, a UK 
deferred tax charge of £79m (2010 £53m) and an overseas 
deferred tax charge of £9m (2010 £1m).

Operating cash flow 
EBITDA pre pension costs of £962m are £120m lower than last 
year’s £1,082m mainly due to the decrease in revenues of £193m 
offset by a reduction in operating costs of £48m. Operating 
exceptional items spend of £242m (excluding pension payments 
relating to redundancy) is in line with last year’s £243m due to an 
increase of £23m in ColleagueShare dividend (relating to prior year’s 
performance) and transformation payments (relating to the pay and 
modernisation agreement) being offset by £24m lower restructuring 
spend. 

Pension payments of £771m are £96m lower than last year’s 
£867m mainly because of the reduction in ongoing contributions as 
a result of lower pensionable pay and a reduction in the employer 
cash contribution rate, further explained below. 

Together, the above categories comprise cash outflows from 
operations, which totalled an outflow of £100m, £11m lower than 
last year’s £111m.

Free cash flow 
Capital expenditure comprises spend (property, plant and equipment 
and intangibles purchases) of £376m which is £86m lower than  
last year’s £462m mainly due to the changing nature of the 
modernisation programme in Royal Mail, which has moved from 
significant investment in the mail processing centres to changing 
work practices in delivery, which requires lower property spend. 

This capital expenditure has been offset by disposals of property  
and other assets in response to the requirement to fund the 
modernisation programme. During the year £237m was generated 
from the disposal of assets which includes £159m (2010 £8m) of 
property-related disposals and £73m (2010 £nil) relating to the 
disposal of the Group’s investment in Camelot. The majority of 
property disposal proceeds relate to the sale and operating 
leaseback of mail centres and the London Old Street property  
and in total contributed £131m in the year, with other property 
outright sales contributing £28m. 

Together with operating cash flow, these and ‘other’ cash flows of 
£26m (2010 £14m) amounts comprise free cash outflows of £213m 
for the year, which are £332m lower than last year’s £545m. The 
reduction is primarily due to almost flat operating cash outflows 
benefiting from lower capital expenditure of £86m and higher asset 
disposal proceeds of £223m.

Balance sheet including pensions, funding and treasury  
management overview

Property, plant and equipment

Inventory

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Net operating assets

Goodwill (mainly relates to GLS) 

Intangible assets (mainly software)

Investments in joint ventures and associates

Investment assets

Pension escrow investments

Other financial investments/derivatives

Cash and cash equivalents

Loans and borrowings

Other financial liabilities

Net financial assets

Other (liabilities)/assets

Net assets before pension deficit

Pension deficit

Net liabilities

2011
£m

2010
£m

1,832

1,935

38

38

1,135

1,156

(1,995)

(2,119)

(278)

(276)

732

197

126

105

428

734

197

99

147

443

1,161

1,189

87

1,101

77

937

(1,853)

(1,526)

(261)

235

(1)

(199)

478

105

1,394

1,760

(4,501)

(8,041)

(3,107)

(6,281)

The Group is balance sheet insolvent with net liabilities of £3,107m 
(2010 £6,281m) mainly due to an accounting pension deficit of 
£4,501m (2010 £8,041m deficit). 

32

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Financial review continued

During the year there have been no material business acquisitions 
and only one significant business disposal – the sale of the 20% 
investment in Camelot. The following represents a summary of the 
movements in the main line items in the balance sheet.

Property, plant and equipment of £1,832m is £103m lower as the 
result of depreciation charges, asset write-offs and property disposals 
being higher than new investment into property, plant and equipment. 

Trade and other receivables of £1,135m are £21m lower than last 
year and there continues to be a good track record on receivables 
management. 

Trade and other payables of £1,995m are £124m lower than last 
year almost entirely due to the payment of the ColleagueShare 
dividend in June 2010 of £73m and a reduction in capital 
expenditure payables of £58m due to the reduction in capital 
expenditure.

Provisions of £278m have increased by £2m and mainly comprise 
amounts relating to restructuring.

The increase in intangible assets of £27m to £126m is due to £73m 
of software additions – the largest project being the People Systems 
Programme – offset by amortisation and impairment charges. The 
decrease in investments in joint ventures and associates is mainly 
due to the disposal of the 20% investment in Camelot.

The pension deficit liability is further explained below.

Pensions
Schemes
Royal Mail Group Ltd is the sponsoring employer for the Royal Mail 
Pension Plan (RMPP) and the Royal Mail Senior Executives’ Pension 
Plan (both defined benefit schemes), and for the Royal Mail Defined 
Contribution Plan (defined contribution scheme). Based on assets, 
the Royal Mail Pension Plan is one of the largest pension schemes in 
the UK. The assets and liabilities of the defined benefit schemes, as 
measured under accounting standards, are reported as a net 
pension deficit in the Group balance sheet. The gross assets and 
liabilities and the net deficit are significantly larger than any of the 
Group’s other assets and liabilities. This results in the Group being 
one of the most exposed UK corporates to pension volatility, 
particularly with respect to movements in equity values and future 
expectations of inflation and bond rates.

Both defined benefit schemes are now closed to new members. New 
employees are offered membership of the Defined Contribution Plan. 

Pension charges in profit

Pension charges within profit

Operating pension costs

Exceptional pension costs (relating  
to redundancy)

Net pensions interest charge

Pension charges

2011
£m

458

47

167

672

2010
£m

441

42

329

812

The £17m increase in operating pension costs is principally as a 
result of market conditions resulting in a pension charge that is 17.8%1 
of pensionable pay, compared to 16.8% last year, offset by a reduction 
in the number of people employed. The percentage applied to the 
pensionable payroll is determined at the beginning of the financial year 

1 

 The cash contribution is set once every three years based on a long term view of market conditions at that 
time, the profit and loss charge is updated each year reflecting more recent changes in market assumptions.

and is intended to represent the amount by which liabilities will 
increase due to employing active members for one more year.

The net pensions interest charge reflects the unwinding of the 
discount on the schemes’ liabilities less the long-term expected rate 
of return on the schemes’ assets. Net pensions interest charge of 
£167m (2010 £329m), a non-cash item for the Group, has reduced 
by £162m mainly due to an increase in the expected returns on Plan 
assets as a result of the increase in fair value of Plan assets at 
March 2010.

Pension balance sheet amounts
The balance sheet pension deficit has reduced from £8,041m in 
March 2010 to £4,501m this year end. The reduction in the deficit  
of £3,540m principally relates to an actuarial gain of £3,424m. 

The actuarial gain arose mainly due to a reduction in liabilities 
following the change in the inflation assumption from RPI to CPI, 
where relevant, following the Government’s announcement that it 
was intending to change the inflation measure used to determine 
statutory minimum indexation in deferment and in payment from 
RPI to CPI in 2011, together with market conditions giving rise to 
improved asset values.

On 23 March 2007 the Group established £1bn of investments  
in escrow as security to the Royal Mail Pension Plan in support  
of the deficit recovery plan. On 24 March 2011 an agreement  
was implemented to substitute £102m pension escrow financial 
investments with mortgages against certain property assets.

Pension cash payments

Pensions cash funding: Group 
contributions

Regular pension contributions

Funding of pension deficit 

Payments relating to redundancy

Net cash payments

2011
£m

442

299

30

771

2010
£m

526

291

50

867

Regular pension contributions have reduced from £526m to £442m, 
in line with lower pensionable pay and a reduction in the regular rate 
of employer contributions for the Royal Mail Pension Plan from 
20.0% of pensionable pay to 17.1%1,effective from April 2010 as 
agreed with the Pension Trustee as part of the formal triennial 
actuarial valuation. The regular rate of employee contributions for 
the Royal Mail Pension Plan remains unchanged at 6.0%.

Deficit recovery payments by the Group have increased by £8m 
(2.7%) from £291m to £299m and include £7m (2010 £5m) relating 
to the Royal Mail Senior Executives’ Pension Plan. Deficit recovery 
payments are planned for the Royal Mail Pension Plan over the 38 
years from the date of the latest formal triennial actuarial valuation. 
There have been no employee deficit contributions. 

Funding 
There are specific funding arrangements for Royal Mail Group Ltd 
(which excludes Post Office Limited) and for Post Office Limited. 
However as a result of the pension deficit, the Group is balance sheet 
insolvent (meaning the accounting liabilities of the Group exceed its 
assets) and has substantial future liabilities in connection with this 
deficit. The Directors keep the funding position of the Group under 

33

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Financial review continued

constant review to confirm that it is a going concern. A summary of 
their review is set out on pages 58 to 60.

Treasury management overview
The Group operates a central Treasury function that manages 
£1.2bn of financial asset investments (substantially all of which are 
now held in escrow in favour of the pension fund trustees) and 
£1.1bn of cash and cash equivalent investments (including £704m 
cash in the Post Office network funded partly by a Government loan 
facility), in accordance with investment restrictions set by the 
Government. It also manages £2.1bn of financial liabilities (mainly 
Government borrowings) and acts as internal banker for the Group’s 
business units. The Group finances its operations largely through 
cash generated from its operations, borrowings and grants.

Group Treasury derives its authority from the Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Board, and provides quarterly monitoring reports for the Board’s 
review. It only has the authority to undertake financial transactions 
relating to the management of the underlying business risks; it does 
not engage in speculative transactions and does not operate as a 
profit centre. All strategies are risk-averse, and the treasury policy 
has remained substantially unchanged during the year. The principal 
financial instruments are Treasury bills, Government gilt-edged 
securities, deposits and long- and short-term borrowings.

Facilities
The terms of the Government borrowing facility and the associated 
Framework Agreement impose strict constraints on the separation 
of cash funds within the Group and the purposes for which they can 
be used. 

At the balance sheet date the Group is financed as follows:

Borrower Royal Mail Group Ltd 
Purpose

GLS funding

Capital Expenditure and Restructuring

General Purpose/Working Capital

General Purpose/Working Capital

Borrower Post Office Limited 
Purpose

Network cash

Borrower GLS B.V. 
Purpose

General Purpose/Working Capital

Total facility/facilities utilised

Average  
interest  
rate of loan  
drawn down 
%

5.8

3.0

–

12

0.8

4.5

Covenants
Loan covenants for Royal Mail Group Ltd are tested on a rolling 
12-month basis in September and March. Royal Mail Group Ltd and 
the Government concluded discussions which reset a number of the 
key loan covenants for the 12-month testing periods ending March 
and September 2011 and March 2012. The revisions are considered 
to be on a commercial basis with a consent fee and an increase in 
the borrowing margin. All loan covenants were met at September 
2010 and March 2011. 

Utilised 
£m

Average loan
maturity date

Facility 
end date

2021-2025

2014

2014

*

Facility 
£m

500

600

300

 377

2012

1,150

500

600

-

377

375

2012

1

2,928

1

1,853

2023

2014

-

*

2011

–

* 

 Loan facilities are repayable on the later of March 2016 and the release of the pension escrow investments. The loan (and facility) increased by £40m (2010 £37m) as a result of accrued interest added to the loan balance.  
This Royal Mail Group Ltd loan is subordinate to all other creditors.

34

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Financial review continued

Financial risks and related hedging
The Group is exposed to currency and commodity price risk. The 
Group operates hedging policies which are described in the notes  
to the accounts. The gross exposures (before hedging) are set out 
in the table below, together with how much the 2011-12 operating 
profit would differ from 2010-11 as a result of the changes to 
27 March 2011 in commodity costs post the impact of our hedging 
programmes.

Events after the balance sheet date 
On 30 March 2011 Romec Limited, a 51% owned subsidiary of the 
Group, disposed of its 99% shareholding in its subsidiary Romec 
Services Limited to Balfour Beatty plc which holds the 49% non-
controlling interest in Romec Limited. As a result of this transaction, 
Balfour Beatty plc has been released from a contractual obligation 
that it had in relation to the pension funding for Romec Limited 
employees.

Exposure

Diesel and Jet

US$ 

Euro

Impact on 
operating profit of 
a 5% increase in 
price/weakening  
of sterling  
(before hedging) 
£m (loss)/gain

Impact of no 
further change in 
price/rate on 
2011-12 operating 
profit versus 
2010-11 (post 
hedging) 
£m (loss)/gain

(5)

(2)

(9)

(21)

Nil

1

On 9 June 2011, Government announced the passing of the Postal 
Services Bill. This confirms the Government’s intention to take on 
the historic pension deficit with effect from March 2012, and the 
intention to restructure the Group’s balance sheet in due course.

It is anticipated that there will be a £21m adverse impact on profits 
arising from the change in effective (post hedging impact) diesel 
costs from 33ppl in 2010-11 to an anticipated 45ppl in 2011-12. 
Without hedging this adverse variance would be £36m (based upon 
closing fuel prices at 27 March 2011).

Matthew Lester
Chief Finance Officer
Royal Mail Group
13 June 2011

The Group manages its interest rate risk by maintaining a mix of 
fixed and floating rate debt. At the year end 59% of loans were at 
fixed rate to maturity. Consequently (and taking into account financial 
assets held but excluding the pension escrow investments), an 
increase of 100 basis points to interest rates at the year end would 
result in an annual reduction to profit of £3m. The impact of such  
a change in rates to the pension escrow investments would affect 
equity and would offset to some degree the impact of the interest 
rate change on the pension liabilities.

Counterparty risk is managed by limiting aggregate exposure to any 
individual counterparty based on their financial strength.

35

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Risk Management and Control

Overview
The Board believes that effective risk management and a sound 
control environment are fundamental to the Group. 

The system is designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of 
failure as taking on risk is inherent in undertaking the commercial 
activities of the Group.

There is an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and managing 
the significant risks faced by the Group in accordance with the 
guidance detailed by the Turnbull Committee as part of the 
Combined Code, including financial, operational, compliance risks and 
risks to reputation. The process incorporates both a top-down 
element (which collates Executive management/Board view of key 
risks) and a bottom-up element (which collates the views of the 
business units and functions on risks in their area). Taken together, 
these two perspectives are combined to form the Group risk profile.

The process has been in place throughout the year and up to the 
date of approval of these financial statements. 

The responsibility for joint ventures and associates rests, on the 
whole, with the senior management of those operations. The Group 
monitors its investments and exerts influence through Board 
representations.

Risk Environment 
In the main, the principal risks facing the Group have not changed.

The Group has classified its principal risks into three main categories 
– Revenues and Costs; Government, Regulation and Legislation; and 
Financial:

Revenues and Costs risks comprise those inherent within most 
postal operators, namely the ability or not for costs to be reduced as 
core traditional letter volumes decline as customers find alternative 
digital means to communicate and transact. Royal Mail is currently 
undergoing a large scale modernisation programme to improve 
productivity, safety, quality and culture and, as the independent 
Hooper review confirmed, successful implementation is vital to  
Royal Mail’s future viability. For more information see pages 7 and 8.

The majority of the Group’s business is subject to regulation under 
the Postal Services Commission’s (Postcomm) Licence for Royal Mail, 
the Financial Service Authority (FSA) requirements for financial 
services offered through the Post Office and the Office of 
Communications (Ofcom) requirements for telecommunication 
services offered through the Post Office. The environment creates 
two areas of risk for Royal Mail and the Post Office: firstly, Royal Mail 
may not have the ability or flexibility to set prices at levels it 
considers commercial, and its ability to change the scope of services 
and range of products is restricted; secondly for both, any non-
compliance with regulatory requirements may lead to financial 
penalties or other sanctions.

The Group’s activities are wide, with significant assets in the form of 
property, equipment and vehicles and a substantial workforce. 
Changes to legislation can have significant impacts on the business 
and financial results. Recent legislation that has impacted Royal Mail 
includes the implementation of VAT on postal services and European 
work time directives. 

The Group is currently balance sheet insolvent, meaning its 
accounting liabilities are more than its assets, primarily due to 

pension liabilities. Royal Mail is currently wholly owned by UK 
Government, which is the sole source for lending for the Group.  
Any support given to the Group by Government in this area requires 
State Aid approval from the European Commission. Overall, the 
business is subject to uncertainties around going concern, and these 
are fully discussed in note 2.

Risk Framework
The Group-wide risk management framework includes risk 
governance, risk identification, measurement and management, and 
risk reporting.

The Group’s approach to control is based on the underlying principle 
of line management accountability for internal control and for risk 
management. The Group recognises and uses the principle of the 
‘Three Lines of Defence’, that is:

a) primary controls over the risks to the business are located in the 

day to day operation

b) these are supported by internal monitoring and oversight 

c) independent assessments by Internal Audit and others provide the 

third line.

The process for risk identification and management consists of 
formal identification by management at each level of the Group of 
the key risks to achieving their business objectives and the controls 
in place to manage them. The likelihood and potential impact of each 
risk is evaluated. Risk management action plans are monitored at 
executive level to ensure key risks are being mitigated. 

The process includes a ‘top down’ and ‘bottom up’ element, which 
means that the views of top management and also units/functions 
are collated and brought together, in the Group risk profile, to form  
a comprehensive view of key risks in the organisation.

The process also includes an annual certification by management 
that they are responsible for managing the risks to their business 
objectives and that the internal controls are such that they provide 
reasonable assurance that the risks are appropriately identified, 
evaluated and managed.

The system of risk management and internal control is embedded 
into the operations of the Group, and the actions taken to mitigate 
risk or address any weaknesses are monitored.

Risk Governance and the Board
The Board has delegated responsibility for specific review of risk and 
control processes to the Audit & Risk Committee (ARC), and the ARC  
in turn has set up a sub-committee, the Corporate Risk Management 
Committee (CRMC), to help discharge its duties. The key responsibilities 
for risk and control among the Board, ARC, and CRMC are as follows:

Board
The Board is accountable for the risks taken by the Group. It is 
responsible for:

•  providing strategic direction on the appropriate balance between 

risk and reward

•  setting the ‘tone’ and culture for managing risk and embedding 

risk management

•  ensuring the most significant risks facing the organisation are 

properly understood and managed 

36

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Risk Management and Control continued

Audit & Risk Committee
The Committee reports to the Board and meets as a minimum on a 
quarterly basis to:

•  Increased awareness of and sensitivity to ‘green’ issues, including 
use of paper, may impact customer and receiver sentiment and 
drive down usage of mail or increase switching to alternatives. 

•  monitor and review the effectiveness of the risk management 

•  Government and traditional bill payments transactions are 

processes and the control environment

declining in the Post Office.

•  review the scope of work, authority and resources of the Internal 

Audit & Risk Management function 

•  regularly review the Group risk profile 

•  review the scope and work of the external auditor to ensure that it 

is appropriate and that the auditor is independent 

•  review the Annual Report and Financial Statements, and the 

associated internal and external processes (including the above 
work of the external auditor) to ensure that the whole document 
presents an appropriate and balanced view of the business, its 
performance and its risks 

Corporate Risk Management Committee
The Committee acts as a sub-committee to the Audit & Risk 
Committee and meets quarterly to:

•  support the business in ensuring proactive management of risks 

within the business

•  promote the establishment, communication and embedding of risk 

management throughout the business

•  receive and review analyses on specific key risks

•  review emerging risks

Principal Risks and Uncertainties
The Group uses a business-wide framework for the identification, 
assessment, treatment, monitoring and reporting of risk. The 
process helps support business objectives by linking into business 
strategy, identifying and reacting to emerging risks, and developing 
cost effective solutions for the management of risk. This process has 
been reviewed and refined and is now overseen by the Chief 
Executive.

The following Group level risks have been identified and are actively 
being managed to support the long-term sustainability of the Group.

Revenues and Costs
Royal Mail, like other postal administrations, faces an inherent risk of 
core volume and revenue decline for a number of reasons: 

•  Historically there has been a correlation between the state of 

the UK economy and level of mail volumes. Economic weakness 
or uncertainty will have a direct impact on mail volumes and 
consequently on Group revenues and profit. 

•  The marketplace in which we operate continues to change, with 

substitution from the traditional letter to e-mails, text messaging 
and other digital media.

•  Our business customers want to continue to drive transactional 
mail (statement, bills and application forms) online to provide 
savings to their businesses.

•  Advertisers now have more and lower cost options than they used 
to, for example the internet has taken a 30% share which reduces 
direct mail volumes. 

Management has raised prices and is applying for further increases, 
and is actively working to simplify the product portfolio, enhance the 
customer experience, and develop new revenue streams.

However, responses to structural decline are limited because Royal 
Mail’s cost base comprises mainly people costs and is largely fixed in 
nature. The workforce is heavily unionised and Royal Mail’s Universal 
Service Obligation (USO) requires a national collection and delivery 
network irrespective of volumes. Similarly, both the USO and Post 
Office network are designed to provide social cohesion and economic 
wealth and not maximisation of profit.

Management agreed a 3 year pay and modernisation deal in 2010 
with the postal union and its frontline workforce. In the past year, 
around 5,000 people have left UK businesses. Despite these 
initiatives, overall costs have not decreased as fast as revenue.

Royal Mail is undergoing a significant, extensive modernisation 
programme including World Class Mail, and the success of business 
strategy relies on successful extraction of benefits from the 
programme.

The business needs to successfully manage the deployment of this 
programme to drive modernisation and achieve sustainable benefits, 
including safety improvements, cost reductions and delivery of 
excellent quality of service to our customers. Failure to do so may 
lead to increased costs, potential fines and impact on our reputation 
and brand value.

Government, Regulation and Legislation
The Group is subject to regulatory requirements on its operations 
and the risk of penalties for non-compliance. Royal Mail’s Licence 
contains material restrictions on the operation of the business. 
These include:

•  Obligations over the delivery and collection of mail including mail 

integrity and quality of service;

•  Restrictions over the freedom to set prices and requirements 
to share intellectual property such as new innovations before 
products are launched; and

•  Obligations to give competitors access to the network.

If Royal Mail breaches Licence conditions or other regulatory 
requirements it may be subject to financial penalties.

In addition Post Office Limited has to satisfy the FSA’s requirements 
as an appointed representative of The Governor and Company of the 
Bank of Ireland who are regulated by the FSA in respect of 
investment, mortgage and insurance intermediation activity in the 
UK. It is also subject to anti-money laundering regulations issued 
under the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002 and enforced by HM Revenue 
and Customs. Post Office Limited is also licensed as a telephone 
service provider by Ofcom, which requires service providers to issue 
and adhere to Codes of Practice.

37

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Risk Management and Control continued

Changes to European or domestic law can have a direct impact on 
the Group, such as the European Working Time Directive, 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), speed restrictions 
on the Group’s vehicles and increased liberalisation of the market for 
postal service providers.

In response, Royal Mail has sought to agree a regulatory regime 
which allows the business to serve customers needs, protect the 
USO and build a sustainable business. The change in regulatory 
regime is now enshrined in the Postal Services Act, with the move 
of regulator from Postcomm to Ofcom.

Financial
The Group is facing a number of significant financial risks, including 
the requirement to fund a significant historical pension deficit, 
volatility in the overall pension obligation, and the ongoing need to 
restructure the business with limited funding. 

Note 2 to the financial statements provides full disclosure on the 
status of going concern in both Royal Mail Group Ltd and Post Office 
Limited.

Internal Control and Internal Audit
The Group operates a system of internal control, including 
operational, financial, and compliance controls, and risk management 
systems, to control the day-to-day operations of the Group’s 
activities. The key processes and controls comprise:

1 Key policies and documentation

•  Royal Mail’s activities are mandated by the Postal Services Act 
and are further bound by a postal service Licence which covers 
service standards, complaint handling, integrity of mail, access 
to postal facilities, accounting separation and process for postal 
services.

•  The Group’s Code of Business Standards sets the principles of 

professionalism and integrity for our people

•  Standard policies exist within each function including: 

-  Royal Mail GAAP based on IFRS covering all accounting policies
  -  HR policies covering people – recruitment, sickness, absence, 

disciplinary procedures and leavers

  -  Authority limits delegated into each business unit to control 
day to day expenses combined with processes to procure, 
requisition and approve spend

  - Investment Appraisal policies to cover investment approvals 
- Compliance and regulatory policies set by Group Regulation  
- Standard operating procedures are followed at the frontline

2  Standard daily and monthly management accounting and payroll 

processes through centralised shared services for the UK 
businesses. This includes expenditure requisition and order review 
and approval by a list of appropriate approvers, generally under 
the Finance function

3  A budget prepared, reviewed and set once a year, providing annual 
clarity on the short-term strategies for each part of the Group. 
This, along with the delegated authorities, resets the levels of 
delegated spend in each area on an annual basis

4  Performance management reviews include production of weekly 
indicators and a pyramid of monthly balanced scorecards from 
front line operations to Holdings Board level which underpin 
quarterly reviews and the interim and year end results. The focus 
of these reviews is comparing actual in year results to budget, 
forecast and prior year

5  Five to ten year business plans are collated on a regular basis and 
submitted to both the Shareholder and the regulator as part of 
formal external processes such as regulatory framework reviews 
and State Aid applications. This provides regular opportunity for 
executive management and the Board to re-appraise/re-confirm 
long-term strategies and objectives for the Group

6 Self assessment of over 300 key processes

 A rolling self assessment of approximately 300 key financial and 
non-financial processes across all parts of the UK businesses, 
including commercial and operations, and within each key function

7 Sign off by executives

  Twice a year, Finance Directors provide a formal confirmation    

including:

•  business unit financial returns have been properly prepared and 

fairly present the financial position

•  Group accounting policies have been consistently followed

•  a system of internal controls has been maintained and that no 

significant deficiencies have been identified 

•  that all events after the balance sheet date have been identified

In addition, once a year executives confirm whether they are aware 
of any material related party transactions. 

8 Specific and targeted Internal Audit work programme

 The effectiveness of the internal control system is reviewed 
regularly by Internal Audit & Risk Management (IA&RM), the 
Group’s independent internal audit function. IA&RM reports to the 
Audit & Risk Committee (ARC) and provides assurance to executive 
management and the Board on the effectiveness of the internal 
control system.

 Internal Audit reports include an action plan where issues have 
been identified, and progress against action plans is regularly 
tracked and reported.

 IA&RM establishes and agrees with the ARC an annual plan of 
assignments and activities based on discussions with the Board 
and management, and also taking into account known issues in 
the business and the postal industry.

9 External audit and other reviews 

 There are a number of external audits and reviews that take place 
during the year to provide management, the Board and the 
regulator with assurance on specific matters, including:

•  The external auditor performs a statutory year end audit 

•  The external auditor performs an audit of the regulatory 

accounts and in conjunction with economic consultants performs 
a review of the price control submissions to the regulator as 
part of Licence Conditions 15 and 21 requirements

•  The external auditor confirms that the statement to the 

regulator on ‘necessary resources’ is consistent with their audit 
findings, as part of Licence Condition 16 requirements

•  End to end quality of service is reviewed by an independent 
accounting firm, as part of Licence Condition 4 requirements

•  The USO daily collections and deliveries reporting systems are 
reviewed by an independent accounting firm, as part of Licence 
Condition 4 requirements 

 
 
 
 
 
 
38

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Royal Mail Holdings plc Board

Chairman
Donald Brydon CBE (66) 
Donald Brydon is Chairman of the Royal Mail 
Group and Smiths Group plc. He had a 20-
year career with Barclays Group, during 
which time he was Chairman and Chief 
Executive of BZW Investment Management 
and acting Chief Executive of BZW followed 
by ten years with the AXA Group including 
holding the posts of Chairman and Chief 
Executive of AXA Investment Managers and 
Chairman of AXA Framlington. He has also 
recently been Chairman of the London Metal 
Exchange, Amersham plc, Taylor Nelson 
Sofres plc and the ifs School of Finance and 
a Director of Allied Domecq plc and Scottish 
Power plc. He is a past Chairman of 
EveryChild.

Non-executive Directors
David Currie (64)
Lord David Currie was appointed to the 
Board in January 2009. He was the founding 
Chairman of Ofcom (2002 – April 2009), 
Deputy Dean of London Business School and 
Dean of Cass Business School, City 
University. He is Chairman of the 
International Centre for Financial Regulation 
and of Semperian PPP Investment Partners 
Holdings Ltd, and sits on the boards of the 
accountancy firm BDO, the Dubai Financial 
Services Authority, IG Group plc, and the 
London Philharmonic Orchestra. Previous 
appointments include positions with Nomura, 
Terra Firma, Unisys, T-Systems and on the 
boards of Abbey National plc and Ofgem.

Nick Horler (52)
Nick Horler joined the Board in April 2010. 
He was previously Chief Executive Officer of 
Scottish Power and has held senior strategic 
roles in major companies both in the UK and 
abroad.

Cath Keers (46) 
Cath Keers was appointed to the Board in 
June 2010 as a non-executive Director. She 
is a non-executive Director of Telefonica 
Europe, the insurance group LV= and The 
Children’s Mutual. She was previously 
Customer Director and Marketing Director of 
02 UK.

Paul Murray (49)
Paul Murray joined the Board in August 
2009 and is Chair of the Audit and Risk 
Committee. Paul is also Audit Committee 
Chairman at Qinetiq plc and is a Trustee of 
Pilotlight. He was previously Senior 
Independent Director of Taylor Nelson Sofres 
plc and has also been Group Finance Director 
of Carlton Communications plc and of 
LASMO plc.

Les Owen (62)
Les Owen joined the Board in January 2010. 
Les is a qualified actuary with 35 years 
experience in the financial services industry. 
From 2000 to 2006 he was the Group Chief 
Executive Officer of AXA Asia Pacific Holdings 
Limited and responsible for AXA’s Asian life 
insurance and wealth management 
operations. Prior to this he was Chief 
Executive of AXA Sun Life plc. He was a 
member of the Global AXA Group Executive 
Board. Les is currently non-executive 
Chairman of Jelf Group plc and a non-
executive Director of Post Office Limited, 
Computershare, CPP Ltd, Just Retirement 
Ltd and of Discovery Holdings, a South 
African listed health and life insurer.

Orna Ni-Chionna (55)
Orna Ni-Chionna was appointed to the Board 
in June 2010. She became Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee and Senior 
Independent Director in April 2011. She is a 
former Partner at McKinsey & Company, 
where she specialised in serving retail and 
consumer clients. She is currently the Senior 
Independent Director of HMV plc. She was, 
until recently, the Senior Independent 
Director of Northern Foods plc and of BUPA 
and was a non-executive Director of the 
Bank of Ireland UK Holdings plc and Bristol & 
West plc. She is Chair of Trustees of the Soil 
Association.

Directors who retired from the Board
Baroness Prosser OBE 31.10.10
Richard Handover CBE 30.03.11

 
Paula Vennells (52)
Paula Vennells was appointed Managing 
Director of Post Office Limited in October 
2010, having been its Chief Operating Officer. 
She joined in 2007 from Whitbread plc 
where she was Group Commercial Director. 
She has held Marketing, Strategy & Sales 
Director roles with large retailers Argos/GUS, 
Dixons Stores Group and started her career 
with Unilever. Paula is also a non-executive 
Director & Trustee for Hymns Ancient and 
Modern Group.

Directors who left during the year
Adam Crozier 31.03.10
Ian Duncan 15.06.10

39

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Royal Mail Holdings plc Board continued

Executive Directors
Moya Greene (56)
Moya Greene was appointed Chief Executive 
Officer in July 2010, previously having been 
President and Chief Executive Officer of 
Canada Post Corporation since 2005. Whilst 
there she led a wide-ranging transformation 
programme to increase quality of service 
and efficiency across the organisation. Prior 
to joining Canada Post she held senior roles 
at companies including Bombardier Inc and 
TD Bank.

Mark Higson (55)
Mark Higson joined the Company in 
November 2007. He is the Managing 
Director, Operations and Modernisation and 
is a member of the Group Executive Team. 
Mark was previously divisional Chief 
Executive and Group Operations Director of 
BPB plc. Prior to that, he held senior 
positions at Courtaulds plc, including CEO at 
its UK Coatings division. He has also worked 
at HJ Heinz and British Aerospace.

Matthew Lester (47)
Matthew Lester was appointed as Chief 
Finance Officer in November 2010. He was 
previously Finance Director of ICAP plc for 
four years. Prior to this he worked for Diageo 
plc in a number of senior finance roles 
including Group Financial Controller. He is a 
non-executive Director of Man Group plc.

David Smith (46)
David Smith was appointed to the Board in 
April 2010. He is Chief Customer Officer 
having been Managing Director of Post Office 
Limited and Managing Director of Parcelforce 
Worldwide. David joined Royal Mail Group in 
2002, initially as Finance Director of Royal 
Mail’s Business Sales division before being 
appointed as Finance Director of Parcelforce 
Worldwide in January 2003 and then 
Managing Director of Parcelforce Worldwide. 
He is a qualified chartered accountant and, 
prior to 2002, held a number of financial and 
commercial positions in the electronics 
industry, including Finance Director of RS 
Components UK.

40

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Directors’ Report

The Directors present the Group financial statements for Royal Mail 
Holdings plc. These financial statements relate to the year ended 
27 March 2011 (2010 year ended 28 March 2010).
Principal activities
The Group provides a nationwide and international distribution 
service, principally of mails and parcels. The Group also provides 
access to a wide range of financial and retail services through its 
network of Post Office branches across the United Kingdom.
Review of the business and future developments
A review of the Group’s business and future developments is 
presented in the Chairman’s Statement and pages 5 to 34.
Results and dividends
The loss before taxation amounted to £152m (2010 £262m loss). 
After taxation, the loss was £258m (2010 £320m loss). Of the loss 
after taxation, £1m profit (2010 £1m profit) is attributable to non 
controlling interest. The Directors do not recommend a dividend 
(2010 £nil dividend). 
Directors 
The names and biographies of the current Directors appear in the 
Royal Mail Holdings plc Board section pages 38 to 39.
Political and charitable contributions
During the year the Group made charitable contributions of £2m (2010 
£2m). No political contributions were made in the year (2010 £nil).
Research and development
Research and development expenditure during the year amounted 
to £nil (2010 £nil). 

Policy on the payment of suppliers
The policy of the Company and its principal operating subsidiaries is 
to use their purchasing power fairly. Payment terms are agreed in 
advance for all major contracts. For lower value transactions, the 
standard payment terms of the supplier apply. It is the Company’s 
policy to abide with the agreed terms. The Company and its principal 
operating subsidiaries in the UK have sought to comply with the 
Department for Business, Innovation and Skills (BIS) Better Payment 
Practice Code. As the Company is a non-operating company, the 
creditor days are zero. The creditor days of the operating 
subsidiaries are set out in their financial statements.

Land and buildings
The net book value of the Group’s land and buildings, based upon a 
historic cost accounting policy and excluding fit-out, is £690m (2010 
£749m). In the opinion of the Directors, the aggregate market value 
of the Group’s land and buildings exceeds this net book value by 
£480m (2010 £460m). 

Financial instruments
Details of financial risk management objectives and policies and 
financial instruments are shown in note 24 and note 25 respectively.

Directors and their interests
The Directors of the Company and details of changes during the year 
are given on page 46. The Secretary of State appoints the Chairman; 
all other Directors are appointed by the Company with the Secretary 
of State’s consent.

UK Government is the Company’s sole shareholder and accordingly 
the Directors have no interest in shares of the Company. 

Audit information
The Directors confirm that, so far as they are aware, there is no 
relevant audit information of which the auditor is unaware and that 
each Director has taken all reasonable steps to make themselves 
aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the 
auditor is aware of that information.

Qualifying third party indemnity provisions for Directors
A partial qualifying third party indemnity provision (as defined in 
section 234 of the Companies Act 2006) was and remains in force 
for the benefit of all the Directors of the Company and former 
Directors who held office during the year. The indemnity is granted 
under article 129 of the Company’s Articles of Association. The 
indemnity is partial in that it does not allow the Company to cover 
the costs of an unsuccessful defence of a third party claim.
People 
The Group employs over 176,000 people (2010 approximately 
181,000) in our wholly owned subsidiaries. An analysis of the Group 
headcount is shown in note 4 to the financial statements. Our people 
are our ambassadors, our brand and our service.
The Group’s policy is to encourage effective communication and 
consultation between our people, particularly on matters relating  
to strategy, financial and economic factors that may influence their 
business unit’s performance. This is achieved through the use of an 
extensive range of communication channels, including our employee 
opinion survey, magazines, briefings, open forums, TV screens and 
an intranet website. Our people have various bonus schemes, 
significant elements of which are based on business-related targets.

We actively encourage continuous training and skill development for 
all our people to ensure achievement of corporate and individual 
objectives. Management development and training programmes 
have been designed to attract and retain the best. The Group has 
worked with the unions to introduce several innovative working 
practices to improve efficiency.
Corporate Responsibility 
The Group is committed to carrying out its activities in a socially 
responsible manner in respect of the environment, employees, 
customers and local communities. Details are provided on pages 15 
to 16. The Group publishes an annual report of its activities. Further 
details of our CR governance structure and activities will be available 
in our 2011 CR Report when it is published.

Disabled employees
The Group’s policy is to give full consideration to applications for 
employment from disabled persons. Employees who become 
disabled whilst employed receive full support through the provision 
of training and special equipment to facilitate continued employment 
where practicable. The Group provides training, career development 
and promotion to disabled employees wherever appropriate.

Going concern
After analysis of the financial resources available, cash flow 
projections and the material uncertainties facing the Group the 
Directors consider that it is appropriate to prepare the financial 
statements on a going concern basis. Further details are provided 
under Funding in note 2 to the financial statements.
Auditor
A resolution to reappoint Ernst & Young LLP as auditor will be put 
to the Annual General Meeting.
By Order of the Board

Jon Millidge
Company Secretary
13 June 2011

41

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Corporate Governance

Statement by the Directors on compliance with the  
Combined Code
The Board is committed to high standards of Corporate Governance  
and supports the Combined Code on Corporate Governance (the 
Code), published in July 2003 and revised in June 2008. The 
Company has fully complied with the provisions set out in section 1 
of the Code during the year in so far as they are appropriate to a 
public company with a single shareholder. The following statement is 
intended to explain our governance policies and practices in light of 
the Code principles and provisions and to provide insight into how the 
Board and management run the business for the benefit of the 
Shareholder. 

The Board
The Board is responsible for setting the objectives and strategy of 
the Group and for monitoring performance. At the end of the year, 
the Board comprised a Chairman, five executive Directors and seven 
non-executive Directors. The biographies of each of the Directors, 
setting out their current roles, commitments and previous 
experience, are on pages 38 to 39. The Board met on ten occasions 
during the course of the year under review.

The Board has defined those matters that are reserved exclusively 
for its consideration. These include the approval of strategic plans, 
financial statements, acquisitions and disposals, major contracts, 
projects, and capital expenditure. It delegates responsibilities to the 
Board Committees detailed below. For each scheduled meeting of 
the Board, the Company Secretary, on behalf of the Chairman, 
collates and circulates the papers, aiming to allow sufficient time for 
the Directors to review the information provided. 

The Board is confident that all its members have the knowledge, 
talent and experience to perform the functions required of a Director 
of the business. Executive Directors have rolling 12-month contracts 

and non-executive Directors are generally appointed for three-year 
terms. The Board considers that each of the non-executive Directors 
is independent. This means that in the view of the Board, they have 
no links to the executive Directors and other managers, and no 
business or other relationship with the Company that could interfere 
with their judgement. There is also a clear division of responsibilities 
between the Chairman and the Chief Executive. 

Performance evaluation of the Board, its Committees and individual 
Directors takes place on an annual basis with the support of the 
Company Secretary. This year’s evaluation was conducted using a 
combination of questionnaires and a full Board discussion. A 
performance evaluation of the Audit and Risk Committee has been 
conducted by the Chairman of the Committee. Other committees are 
undertaking a review of their terms of reference.

Directors may take independent professional advice in the furtherance 
of their duties, at the Group’s expense. All Directors have access to the 
advice and services of the Company Secretary, the appointment and 
removal of whom is a matter for the Board as a whole. 

All Directors appointed by the Board are required by the Company’s 
Articles of Association to be elected by the Shareholder at the first 
AGM after their appointment. All Directors will be standing for annual 
re-election at this year’s Annual General Meeting. On appointment, the 
Directors take part in an induction programme in which they receive 
information about the Group, the role of the Board and matters 
reserved for its decision, the role of the principal Board Committees, 
the Group’s Corporate Governance arrangements and the latest 
financial information about the Group. This is supplemented by visits to 
key business locations. The Group engages in two-way communication 
with the Shareholder to discuss information on its strategy, 
performance and policies. The Board receives feedback on these 
meetings from the Directors attending them.

Number of meetings during the year*

Chairman
Donald Brydon
Executive
Moya Greene
Mark Higson
Matthew Lester
David Smith
Paula Vennells
Non-executive
David Currie
Richard Handover
Nick Horler
Cath Keers
Orna Ni-Chionna
Paul Murray
Les Owen
Former Directors
Ian Duncan
Baroness Prosser

Board

10

10(10)

8(8)
10(10)
5(5)
10(10)
5(6)

10(10)
9(10)
9(10)
8(9)
8(9)
10(10)
7(10)

1(1)
5(5)

Audit and 
Risk Committee

Remuneration
Committee

Nomination
Committee

5

-

-
-
-
-
-

5(5)
3(5)
1(3)
3(3)
2(3)
5(5)
3(3)

-
-

5

1

5(5)

1(1)

-
-
-
-
-

4(4)
5(5)
3(4)
4(4)
4(4)
4(4)
4(4)

-
3(3)

-
-
-
-
-

1(1)
0(1)
1(1)
1(1)
1(1)
1(1)
1(1)

-
-

* During the year, the Directors attended the following number of meetings of the Board and its main Committees with the maximum number that each could have attended shown in brackets.

42

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Corporate Governance continued

Outside appointments
The Board believes that there are significant benefits to both  
the Group and the individual from executive Directors accepting  
non-executive Directorships of companies outside of the Group.  
The Board’s policy is normally to limit executive Directors to one 
non-executive Directorship, for which the Director may retain the 
fees (see the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 45 to 48  
for details).

Board Committees
The following Committees deal with specific aspects of the  
Group’s governance. The full terms of reference for each of the 
principal Committees are available on the Company’s website  
www.royalmailgroup.com or on written request from the Company 
Secretary. The details of Committee membership shown are as at 
27 March 2011.

Chief Executive’s Committee

Chair

Membership 

Role

Group Executive Team

Chair

Membership 

Role

Moya Greene

Stephen Agar (Director, Regulated products), Rico Back (CEO, GLS), Mark Higson (Managing Director, 
Operations and Modernisation), Matthew Lester (Chief Finance Officer), Alex Smith (Director of Business 
Development & Technology), David Smith (Chief Customer Officer).

The Committee is responsible for all the key areas of commercial activity within Royal Mail. The Chief 
Executive’s Committee (CEC) meets twice a month. The role of the CEC is to manage the overall 
framework of financial risk & business controls to meet shareholder, Regulatory and legal requirements.

Moya Greene

Stephen Agar (Director, Regulated products), Rico Back (CEO, GLS), Paul Bates (Managing Director 
Wholesale), Paul Budd (Director, Internal Communications), John Duncan (Group HR Director), Derek 
Foster (Internal Audit and Risk Management Director), Dale Haddon (Deputy Group HR Director), Kath 
Harmeston (Director of Procurement), Mark Higson (Managing Director, Operations and Modernisation), 
Matthew Lester (Chief Finance Officer), Jon Millidge (Company Secretary), Shane O’Riordain (Director of 
Communications), Frank Schinella (Deputy Chief Finance Officer), Alex Smith (Director of Business 
Development & Technology), David Smith (Chief Customer Officer), Dick Stead (Managing Director, 
Parcelforce Worldwide), Jeff Triggs (Interim General Counsel), Paula Vennells (Managing Director, Post 
Office Limited), Sue Whalley (Director of Regulation and Government Affairs). 

The Committee meets every three months and its responsibilities are to develop and monitor deployment 
of the Group’s strategy and consider overall performance of the Group. 
The Royal Mail Holdings plc Board has delegated authority to the Investment Committee of the Group 
Executive Team to make investment decisions of up to £20m. The Investment Committee meets monthly.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
43

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Corporate Governance continued

Audit and Risk Committee

Chair

Membership 

Paul Murray

All non-executive Directors

Role

The Board is confident that the collective experience of the Audit and Risk Committee members enables 
them, as a group, to act as an effective Audit and Risk Committee. The Committee also has access to the 
financial expertise of the Group and its auditor, and can seek further professional advice at the Group’s 
expense if required.

The Committee, which is assisted by the Corporate Risk Management Committee, provides a forum for 
reporting by both internal and external auditors and is responsible for a wide range of matters including:
•  to monitor the integrity of the financial statements of the Group;
•   to review the Group’s internal financial control system and, unless addressed by the Corporate Risk 
Management Committee or by the Board itself, internal control and risk management systems;

•  to monitor and review the effectiveness of the Group‘s Internal Audit function;
•   to recommend to the Board for shareholder approval the appointment of the external auditor, and to 

approve its remuneration and terms of engagement; 

•    to monitor and review the external auditor’s independence, objectivity and the effectiveness of the audit 

process;

•  to develop and implement policy on the engagement of the external auditor to supply non-audit services; and
•   where the Committee’s monitoring and review activities reveal cause for concern or scope for improvement, 

to make recommendations to the Board or management on action needed to address the issue.

Audit & Risk Committee Report
See Risk Management and Control on pages 35 to 37.

Non-audit services provided by the external auditor
In some cases the nature of advice required makes it more timely 
and cost effective to select the external auditor who already has  
a good understanding of the Group. In order to maintain the 
objectivity and independence of the external auditor, the Committee 
has determined what work can be provided by the external auditor 
and the associated approval processes associated with the auditor. 
The Committee monitors the level of non-audit fees paid to the 
external auditor.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
44

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Corporate Governance continued

Remuneration Committee

Chair

Membership

Role 

Richard Handover

Chairman and all non-executive Directors 

The Committee’s responsibilities include:
•   to determine and recommend for the Board’s approval, the framework for the remuneration of the 

senior executives of the Group;

•   to determine the individual remuneration arrangements for the Chairman, the executive Directors  
and the Company Secretary, subject where necessary to the consent of the Secretary of State; and
•  to agree the targets for any performance-related incentive schemes applicable to senior executives.

Remuneration Committee Report
See pages 45 to 48.

Nomination Committee

Chair

Membership

Role 

Donald Brydon

All non-executive Directors

The Committee’s responsibilities include:
•   to lead a formal, rigorous and transparent process for appointments to the Board of the Company,  

to the boards of subsidiaries and to other senior executive positions;

•   to advise the Board on succession planning for the positions of Chairman, Chief Executive and all  

other Board appointments and other senior appointments; and

•   to keep under review the balance of Board membership to ensure that it has the required mix of  

skills, knowledge and experience. 

Nomination Committee Report
The Committee met formally on one occasion during the year but 
had met informally on many occasions during the course of the year 
in order to progress the appointments of the executive members of 
the Board. The Committee’s main focus was on the selection and 
recruitment of Directors and other senior executives. The Committee 
took external advice from executive search consultants and 
considered internal candidates where appropriate. All Board 
appointments require the consent of the Shareholder. 

Pensions Committee

Chair

Membership

Matthew Lester

John Duncan (Group HR Director), Jon Millidge (Company Secretary), Les Owen (non-executive Director) 

The Committee’s responsibilities include:
•   to review funding, benefits, scheme structure and strategic developments impacting on the Group’s 

occupational pension schemes; and

•  to represent the Group in discussions with the Trustees of the Group’s occupational pension schemes. 

Statement by the independent non-executive Directors
A number of structured processes exist throughout the Company to 
support good governance. All the non-executive Directors are 
members of all the principal Board Committees: Audit and Risk, 
Nomination and Remuneration, which gives each of them insight into 
a cross-section of important areas, and informs Board discussions.

The independent non-executive Directors are satisfied that the 
Company’s corporate governance controls have been effective 
throughout the financial year ended 27 March 2011.

Orna Ni-Chionna
Senior Independent 
Director 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
45

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Directors’ Remuneration Report

The Company’s remuneration policy and practices follow the UK 
Corporate Governance Code (formerly known as the Combined 
Code). This report explains the Committee’s policy and gives details 
of the current remuneration practices in accordance with the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report Regulations, in so far as Royal Mail 
as a non-listed company can comply with them. In line with the 
Regulations, the following parts of the report have been audited:

•  Directors’ emoluments with respect to 2010-11;

•  Performance-related, annual bonuses outturn for 2010-11; and

•  Pensions. 

The Remuneration Committee
The Board has overall accountability for executive remuneration and 
the terms of the service contracts offered to all executive Directors 
but these also require the consent of the Secretary of State for 
Business, Innovation and Skills. The Secretary of State also gives 
consent for the remuneration arrangements for non-executive 
Directors. 

The Remuneration Committee’s role is to approve the remuneration 
policy for executive Directors and their immediate reports and to 
approve recommendations on their salary, benefits, bonuses and 
other terms and conditions of employment. 

The Remuneration Committee is made up of independent non-
executive Directors and the Chairman of the Board. Membership of 
the Committee is given on page 44. The Chief Executive and the 
Group HR Director may attend Committee meetings by invitation. 
They are not present at the discussion of their own remuneration.

Advice to the Remuneration Committee
The Committee calls for information and advice from inside and 
outside the Group. It has taken advice from time to time from 
independent professional organisations that are best able to assist it 
on the particular topic under discussion.

During 2010-11, information on the external marketplace was 
obtained from Monks Partnership (a trading name of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers), Deloitte LLP, Hay Management 
Consultants, Kepler Associates and Towers Watson Limited. Internal 
support is provided by the Group HR Director, John Duncan and the 
Company Secretary, Jon Millidge. Other advice and information has 
been provided by specialists from the HR and Finance functions. The 
Chairman and the Chief Executive have given information to the 
Committee on the performance of key executives. 

During the year Towers Watson Limited provided the Company with 
advice on pensions and actuarial matters.

Remuneration Policy 
The Company’s objectives on Directors’ remuneration are that:

•  the overall remuneration package should be sufficiently competitive to 

attract and retain executives with sufficient commercial experience to run 
a large, complex business in a highly challenging context;

•  a significant proportion of the remuneration package should be dependent 

on performance - both short and long-term; and

•  incentives should be designed so that they align the interests of senior 

executives, customers and the Shareholder.

The Committee’s policy for senior executives takes into account pay 
and employment conditions elsewhere in the Group, including those 
of frontline postmen and women.

The Committee regularly reviews the benefits package offered to its 
key executives. The Committee aims to ensure that the package is 

reasonable in the circumstances and that it follows accepted best 
practice. It is mindful of public concerns about remuneration levels, 
particularly in the current economic climate. 

The Main Components of Remuneration 
The main components of remuneration for executive Directors for 
2010-11 were: basic salary, an annual performance-related bonus, 
pension or pension allowance and other benefits such as a company 
car and private medical insurance. A Long-Term Incentive Plan was 
also discussed with executive Directors but its duration and detail 
have not yet been finalised with the Secretary of State.

Base Salaries
The Committee believes that base salaries should be set at levels 
that are enough to recruit and retain executives of proven ability to 
manage a very large and complex company which faces many 
challenges. In making its judgement, the Committee considers 
information from several sources so that a fair comparison can be 
made with enterprises of a similar size and complexity to the 
Company. This data is provided by independent consultancies, usually 
based on the published annual reports of other organisations. 
Increases are recommended only where the Committee believes that 
it is necessary to reflect contribution, increased individual 
responsibilities and market levels. The Secretary of State’s consent is 
required for all material changes to Directors’ remuneration.

In the light of the difficult economic circumstances no general 
increases to base salary were awarded to Board members in respect 
of the 2010-11 salary review. No increases had been awarded in 
2009-10 either. In 2008 it had been agreed that the salaries of Ian 
Duncan and Alan Cook would increase to £350,000 and £300,000 a 
year respectively. These increases were to apply in two phases, with 
the second due on 1 July 2009. At the request of Ian Duncan and 
Alan Cook, these second increases were postponed for 
implementation on 1 July 2010 but in fact both individuals left the 
Company before that date. 

Performance-related Annual Bonus
In 2010-11, the bonus potential for the Chief Executive was 100% of 
base salary. For the Chief Finance Officer it was 60% for on-target 
performance, rising to a maximum of 100% of salary in the event of 
exceptional results. In the case of the other executive Directors the 
figures were 48% and 80% respectively.

For all executive Directors the factors driving annual bonus were 
profit, cash, quality of service and personal objectives agreed by the 
Remuneration Committee. The measures were changed at the 
beginning of the year to include cash management in the light of the 
Company’s changing priorities. As the Chief Executive and Chief 
Finance Officer joined the Company during the financial year it was 
agreed that their bonus plan should depend on the achievement of 
Personal Objectives only.

Adverse weather and the disruption to air transport caused by ash 
from the Eyjafjallajökull volcano had an effect on quality of service 
during the year, as did the changes necessary to modernise working 
practices.

Executive Directors also participate in the ColleagueShare plan on 
the same terms as all other eligible employees. This is explained in 
note 2 on page 61.

Long-Term Incentive Plan
The Committee discussed a Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) with 
executive Directors but its duration and detail have not yet been 
finalised with the Secretary of State.

46

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Full details of the previous LTIP were included in last year’s Annual Report. The plan lasted for three years and combined annual awards 
related to Return on Total Assets with a waiver of a proportion of annual bonuses, all of which were subject to a final factor which reflected 
cumulative Return on Total Assets over the three year performance period.

Benefits
Benefits include the provision of a company car and health insurance, or the cash equivalent of any benefits not taken. The Chief Executive is 
eligible for two return flights to Canada each year and financial advice. Relocation expenses are paid where applicable.

Fixed and Performance-related elements of executive Directors’ remuneration (excluding pensions)
For 2010-11, 46% of Directors’ potential annual earnings related to fixed elements whilst 54% related to annualised performance elements. 
For the Group Chief Executive and Chief Finance Officer 42% was fixed and 58% was variable. The elements of remuneration at risk to 
performance are those available through the Long-Term Incentive Plan and the performance-related annual bonus.

Directors’ emoluments in respect of 2010-11 
The following table summarises the remuneration of Board members in respect of 2010-11:

Chairman 

Donald Brydon

Executive

Moya Greene2

Mark Higson

Matthew Lester6

David Smith7

Paula Vennells9

Non-executive

Lord Currie

Richard Handover10

Nick Horler11

Cath Keers12

Paul Murray

Orna Ni-Chionna13

Les Owen

Former Directors

Alan Cook14

Adam Crozier15

Ian Duncan16

Baroness Prosser17

Total 2011

Total 2010

Annua 
salary /fees 
£000

Salary/fees 
 paid in year 
£000

Performance 
related bonus 
£000

Cash 
supplement in 
lieu of pension 
£000

Benefits  
£000

2011  
£000

20101
£000

200

200

-

-

-

200

200

498

428

428

250

225

40

65

40

40

50

40

40

282

633

325

50

3,634

2,201

350

428

146

250

99

40

63

37

31

51

31

37

-

5

70

32

142

72

54

708

33

1453

15

5

12

4

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2

-

1,870

2,132

371

554

183

69

-4

171

60

31

11

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2

15

-

304

571

637

686

265

363

147

40

63

37

31

51

31

37

-

7

87

32

2,714

-

1,7335

-

-

-

38

65

-

-

34

-

6

1,2525

2,4285

1,3965

55

7,207

1   For executive Directors this includes LTIP and deferred bonuses
2  Moya Greene was appointed on 15 July 2010
3  This includes the cost of international relocation
4   Details of Moya Greene’s pension arrangements are given on page 48
5   Includes LTIP payments in respect of 2007-2010: Mark Higson £1,012,000, Alan Cook £768,000, Adam Crozier £1,570,000 and Ian Duncan £888,000
6   Matthew Lester joined the Board on 24 November 2010
7   David Smith was promoted to the Board on 6 April 2010 and left the Board on 13 June 2011
8  Will be paid at a later date subject to compliance with the conditions set out by the Remuneration Committee
9   Paula Vennells was promoted to the Board on 18 October 2010
10 Richard Handover left the Board on 31 March 2011
11  Nick Horler joined the Board 1 April 2010
12  Cath Keers joined the Board 1 June 2010
13  Orna Ni-Chionna joined the Board on 1 June 2010
14  Alan Cook left then Board on 15 March 2010
15  Adam Crozier left the Board on 31 March 2010
16  Ian Duncan left the Board on 15 June 2010
17  Baroness Prosser left the Board 31 October 2010

The figures in the table represent the qualifying emoluments earned and receivable by anyone who has served as a Director at any time 
during the financial year, whenever paid. Such emoluments are normally paid in the same financial year with the exception of the annual 
performance-related bonus, which is paid in the year following that in which it is earned.

47

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Performance-related Annual Bonuses Outturn for 2010-11 
Information on the annual bonus plan is given on page 46. Bonus 
payments are significantly below the on-target levels in the light of 
the Group’s performance.

The non-executive Directors have service contracts but do not have 
employment contracts. The service contract dates for the non-
executive Directors who have served during the year are as follows:

Executive Directors’ Outside Appointments
The Board permits executive Directors to hold outside appointments 
as non-executive Directors, subject in each case to Board approval. 
Directors may retain fees from any such Directorships.

Non-executive 
Directors

Date of contract

Expiry date  
of current  
service contract

Unexpired  
term  
(months)

The annual fees received by executive Directors as at 27 March 
2011 in respect of their non-executive Directorships are shown in 
the table below:

Directorship

Adam Crozier

Debenhams plc

Moya Greene

Tim Hortons

* Sterling equivalent of payments received in the year

2011 
£000

–

22*

2010  
£000

50

–

Contracts
The Committee’s policy is that executive Directors appointed to the 
Board are given notice periods of one year, and that they must give 
six months’ notice of departure. The Committee has a defined policy 
on compensation and mitigation, to be applied in the event of a 
Director’s contract being prematurely terminated. In such 
circumstances, steps would be taken to ensure that poor 
performance is not rewarded. 

The rolling service contracts and letters of appointment of the 
Directors include the following terms as at 27 March 2011:

Date of contract

Expiry date  
of current  
employment  
contract

Unexpired  
term  
(months)

Chairman

Donald Brydon

26 March 2009 25 March 2012

Executive 
Directors

Moya Greene*

15 July 2010 

Mark Higson

5 November 2007

Matthew 
Lester

24 November 2010

David Smith

6 April 2010

Paula Vennells 16 November 2010

-

-

- 

-

-

12

12

12

12

12

12

*  Moya Greene’s contract provides that if the Company terminates her employment at any time during the first 
18 months of her contract she will receive 18 months of base salary in lieu of notice together with one year’s 
on-target annual bonus.

Lord Currie

1 January 2009 31 December 2011

Baroness 
Prosser#

Richard 
Handover*

Nick Horler

Cath Keers

1 November 
2004

31 October 2010

1 January 2003

31 March 2011

1 April 2010

31 March 2013

1 June 2010

31 May 2013

Paul Murray

1 August 2009

31 July 2012

Orna Ni-Chionna

1 June 2010

31 May 2013

Les Owen

27 January 
2010

26 January 2013

# Baroness Prosser left the Board on 31 October 2010
*  Richard Handover left the Board on 31 March 2011. 

9

–

-

24

26

16

26

22

The Company is committed to the service contracts for the 
remaining term of appointments, subject to annual review and 
notice, for non-executive Directors, including the Chairman. 

Non-executive Directors
The fees paid to the Chairman are determined by the Secretary of 
State. Fees for the non-executive Directors are determined by the 
executive Directors and are submitted to the Secretary of State for 
approval. Independent market surveys are consulted in determining 
them. 

Pensions
The Group has a liability to pay pensions in respect of Directors’ 
services and, for some executive Directors, makes contributions to 
pension schemes for this purpose. The Company pays a cash 
supplement to Directors whose contributions to the Company 
scheme are restricted by the scheme-specific earnings cap. The 
Company continues to apply the scheme-specific earnings cap, 
indexed by inflation each year, as a constraint on the amount of 
salary that is pensionable through the Company scheme.

The Royal Mail Senior Executives’ Pension Plan (RMSEPP) is closed 
to new members. Existing members accrue service on a career 
average basis on the basis of a retirement age of 65. Current 
executive Directors who are members of the plan are subject to a 
cap on pensionable earnings which for 2010-11 was £123,600.

Details of RMSEPP are set out in note 26 to the financial statements. 
The Plan is a funded, Inland Revenue-registered defined benefit 
occupational pension scheme. It provides for a pension on a final 
salary basis for service up to 31 March 2008 and for subsequent 
service on a career salary basis. The pension is payable from normal 
retirement age (currently age 65) and is subject to the maximum 
pensionable service and the scheme-specific earnings cap. Pensions 
in payment are increased annually in line with the Retail Prices Index 
(RPI), subject in some cases to a cap of 5%. Pensions are also payable 
to dependants on the death of the member and a lump sum is 
payable if death in service occurs. 

48

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

For senior executives’ whose membership of the Plan (RMSEPP) is restricted by the earnings cap (£123,600 for 2010-11), pension 
provision is made by a combination of the Company scheme and a cash pension supplement or its equivalent. David Smith and Paula 
Vennells receive a cash supplement of 25% of base pay above the earnings cap. Mark Higson and Matthew Lester are not members of the 
Plan and receive a cash supplement of 40% of base pay.

For the Chief Executive the Company makes a contribution to a UK HMRC approved pension plan and promises to pay her after leaving the 
Company a sum that accumulates monthly during employment as if it were invested in Government securities

The following table is designed to indicate the increase in the value of Directors’ accrued benefits during the period. The transfer value is 
calculated on the basis of actuarial advice in accordance with Actuarial Guidance Note GN11 and excludes Directors’ contributions.

Executive Directors

David Smith

Paula Vennells

Accumulated 
accrued benefit 
at 28 March 
2010  
£

Increase in 
accrued benefits 
during the 
period  
£

Age at  
Year end

Increase in 
accrued benefits 
during the 
period (net of 
inflation)  
£

Transfer value 
of increase 
before inflation 
less Directors’ 
contributions  
£

46

52

20,937

10,244

2,671

1,204

2,076

1,072

16,800

11,337

The following table is designed to assess the change in transfer values during the year, taking into account movement in investment market 
conditions. Falls in market values may generate a negative movement in the transfer values.

Executive Directors

David Smith

Paula Vennells 

Transfer value 
at 28 March 
2010 or at date 
of appointment 
to Board if later 
£

Age at  
Year end

Plus  
transfers-in 
received  
£

Transfer value 
at 27 March 
2011  
£

Movement in 
the period less 
Directors’ 
contributions  
£

Sub total  
£

46

52

304,441

184,843

-

-

304,441

347,629

36,388

184,843

194,384

6,451

The transfer values disclosed represent a potential liability of the pension plan rather than any remuneration due to the individual and 
cannot be meaningfully aggregated with annual remuneration, as it is not money the individual is entitled to receive.

Moya Greene has been provided with contributions of £20,000 to an HMRC approved defined contribution pension plan in respect of service 
during the 2010-11 financial year. For 2010-11 the Company has also made her an unfunded promise currently accrued at £120,611 to be 
paid on her ceasing to be employed. The value of this promise will fluctuate as if it had been invested in UK 5-year gilts.  

Tony McCarthy, a former Director, is in receipt of an annual payment of £43,111 as a result of an unfunded unapproved pension promise 
made to him on when he joined the Company.

Orna Ni-Chionna
Remuneration 
Committee Chair
13 June 2011

 
49 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in relation to the Group financial statements 

The  Directors  are  responsible  for  preparing  the  Directors’  Report  and  the  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  applicable  law  and 
regulations.  Company  law  requires  the  Directors  to  prepare  financial  statements  for  each  financial  year.  Under  that  law  the  directors  have 
elected to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the 
European Union. Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period. In preparing these financial statements, 
the Directors are required to: 

• 

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; 

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; 

• 

• 

state  whether  the  applicable  IFRSs  as  adopted  by  the  European  Union  have  been  followed,  subject  to  any  material  departures 
disclosed and explained by the financial statements; and 

prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the company will continue in 
business. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements 
comply with the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They are also responsible 
for  safeguarding  the  assets  of  the  Company  and  hence  for  taking  reasonable  steps  for  the  prevention  and  detection  of  fraud  and  other 
irregularities. 

Moya Greene 

Matthew Lester 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                  
 
 
 
 
 
50 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

Independent Auditor’s Report to the members of Royal Mail Holdings plc 

We have audited the Group financial statements of Royal Mail Holdings plc for the year ended 27 March 2011 which comprise the Consolidated 
income statement, the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the Consolidated statement of changes in equity, the Consolidated 
balance  sheet,  the  Consolidated  statement  of  cash  flows  and  the  related  notes  1  to  30.  The  financial  reporting  framework  that  has  been 
applied in their preparation is applicable law and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union. 

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our 
audit  work  has  been  undertaken so  that  we might  state  to  the  Company’s  members  those  matters  we  are  required  to  state to  them  in  an 
auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other 
than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. 

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors 
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement set out on page 49, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the 
Group financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on 
the Group financial statements in accordance with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those standards 
require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors.  

Scope of the audit of the financial statements 
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance that 
the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: whether the 
accounting  policies  are  appropriate  to  the  Group’s  circumstances  and  have  been  consistently  applied  and  adequately  disclosed;  the 
reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the Directors; and the overall presentation of the financial statements. In addition, 
we read all the financial and non-financial information in the Annual Report and Financial Statements to identify material inconsistencies with 
the audited financial statements. If we become aware of any apparent material misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the implications 
for our report. 

Opinion on financial statements 
In our opinion the Group financial statements: 

• 

• 

• 

give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s affairs as at 27 March 2011 and of its loss for the year then ended; 

have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union; and 

have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

Emphasis of matter – going concern 
In  forming  our  opinion,  which  is  not  modified,  we  have  also  considered  the  adequacy  of  the  disclosures  made  in  note  2  to  the  financial 
statements concerning the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. The conditions described in note 2 indicate the existence of material 
uncertainties which may cast significant doubt about the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include 
the adjustments that would result if the Group was unable to continue as a going concern. 

Opinion on other matter prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 
In our opinion the information given in the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the Group financial statements are prepared is 
consistent with the Group financial statements. 

Matters on which we are required to report by exception 
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters where the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion: 

• 

certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or 

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit. 

Other matter 
We have reported separately on the parent company financial statements of Royal Mail Holdings plc for the year ended 27 March 2011. That 
report includes an emphasis of matter. 

Alison Duncan (Senior statutory auditor) 
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP,  
Statutory Auditor 
London 

13 June 2011 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
51 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

Consolidated income statement for the year ended 27 March 2011 and 28 March 2010 

Continuing operations 

Turnover 

Network Subsidy Payment 

Revenue 

People costs excluding ColleagueShare and restructuring costs 

Distribution and conveyance operating costs 

Other operating costs 

Share of post tax profit from joint ventures and associates 

Operating profit before exceptional items 

Modernisation costs – operating exceptional items 

ColleagueShare  – ‘share’ scheme value 

  - dividend 

  - business transformation 

Restructuring costs 

Impairments 

Operating profit after modernisation costs before other operating exceptional 
items 

Other operating exceptional items 

Operating (loss)/profit 

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Profit on disposal of associate company 

Profit before financing and taxation 

Finance costs 

Finance income 

Net pensions interest 

Loss before taxation 

Taxation charge 

Loss for the financial year from continuing operations 

(Loss)/profit attributable to: 

Equity holder of the parent company 

Non-controlling interest 

Notes 

2011 
£m 

2010 
£m 

4(a) 

5(b) 

5(c) 

15 

7 

7 

15 

8 

8 

26(c) 

9 

9,006 

150 

9,156 

(5,717) 

(1,619) 

(1,602) 

28 

246 

(207) 

109 

1 

(41) 

(264) 

(12) 

39 

(88) 

(49) 

65 

44 

60 

(114) 

69 

(167) 

(152) 

(106) 

(258) 

(259) 

1 

9,199 

150 

9,349 

(5,746) 

(1,579) 

(1,661) 

41 

404 

(224) 

28 

(72) 

- 

(180) 

- 

180 

(67) 

113 

5 

- 

118 

(98) 

47 

(329) 

(262) 

(58) 

(320) 

(321) 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
52 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 27 March 2011 and 28 March 2010 

Loss for the financial year from continuing operations 

Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the period 

Translation differences on foreign currency net investments 

Actuarial gains/(losses) on defined benefit schemes 

Gains/(losses) on cash flow hedges deferred into equity 

(Gains)/losses on cash flow hedges released from equity to income 

Notes 

26 

25 

25 

Gains on cash flow hedges released from equity to the carrying amount of non-financial assets 25 

Gains on financial assets deferred into equity 

Gains on financial assets released from equity to income 

Taxation on items taken directly to equity 

9 

2011 
£m 

(258) 

2010 
£m 

(320) 

3,432 

(1,305) 

(11) 

(21) 

3,424 

(1,312) 

24 

(7) 

(3) 

20 

(6) 

(9) 

(12) 

21 

(4) 

42 

- 

(19) 

Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the period 

3,174 

(1,625) 

Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the period attributable to: 

Equity holder of the parent company 

Non-controlling interest 

3,173 

(1,626) 

1 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
53 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year ended 27 March 2011 and 28 March 2010 

Share 
premium 
£m 

Retained 
earnings 
£m 

Financial 
Assets 
Reserve 
£m 

Foreign 
Currency 
Translation 
Reserve 
£m 

Hedging 
Reserve 
£m 

Other 
Reserves 
£m 

Equity 
holder 
of the 
parent 
£m 

Non- 
controlling 
interest 
£m 

At 29 March 2010 

430 

(6,968) 

55 

(Loss)/profit for the period  

Other comprehensive income/(expense) for 
the period 

Translation differences on foreign currency 
net investments 

Actuarial gains on defined benefit schemes 

Gains on cash flow hedges deferred into 
equity 

Gains on cash flow hedges released from 
equity to income 

Gains on cash flow hedges released from 
equity to the carrying amount of non-
financial assets 

Gains on financial assets deferred into 
equity 

Gains on financial assets released from 
equity to income 

Taxation on items taken directly to equity 
Total comprehensive income/(expense) for 
the period 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(259) 

3,424 

- 

3,424 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

3,165 

At 27 March 2011 

430 

(3,803) 

- 

9 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

20 

(6) 

(5) 

9 

64 

136 

- 

12 

- 

(11) 

10 

(11) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(11) 

125 

- 

- 

24 

(7) 

(3) 

- 

- 

(4) 

10 

22 

47 

(6,288) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(259) 

3,432 

(11) 

3,424 

24 

(7) 

(3) 

20 

(6) 

(9) 

3,173 

47 

(3,115) 

7 

1 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1 

8 

At 30 March 2009 

(Loss)/profit for the period  

Other comprehensive (expense)/income for 
the period 

Translation differences on foreign currency 
net investments 

Actuarial losses on defined benefit schemes 

Loss on cash flow hedges deferred into 
equity 

Loss on cash flow hedges released from 
equity to income 

Gains on cash flow hedges released from 
equity to the carrying amount of non-
financial assets 

Gains on financial assets deferred into 
equity 

Taxation on items taken directly to equity 
Total comprehensive (expense)/income for 
the period 

Share 
premium 
£m 

Retained 
earnings 
£m 

430 

(5,331) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(321) 

(1,316) 

- 

(1,312) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(4) 

(1,637) 

At 28 March 2010 

430 

(6,968) 

Financial 
Assets 
Reserve 
£m 

Foreign 
Currency 
Translation 
Reserve 
£m 

Hedging 
Reserve 
£m 

Other 
Reserves 
£m 

Equity 
holder 
of the 
parent 
£m 

Non- 
controlling 
interest 
£m 

23 

- 

32 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

42 

(10) 

32 

55 

157 

- 

(21) 

(21) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(21) 

136 

12 

47 

(4,662) 

- 

- 

- 

(12) 

21 

(4) 

- 

(5) 

- 

12 

- 

(321) 

- 

(1,305) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(21) 

(1,312) 

(12) 

21 

(4) 

42 

(19) 

(1,626) 

47 

(6,288) 

6 

1 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1 

7 

Total 
equity 
£m 

(6,281) 

(258) 

3,432 

(11) 

3,424 

24 

(7) 

(3) 

20 

(6) 

(9) 

3,174 

(3,107) 

Total 
equity 
£m 

(4,656) 

(320) 

(1,305) 

(21) 

(1,312) 

(12) 

21 

(4) 

42 

(19) 

(1,625) 

(6,281) 

A description of the nature and application of the reserves in the above tables is included in note 27. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
54 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

Consolidated balance sheet at 27 March 2011 and 28 March 2010 

Non-current assets 

Property, plant and equipment 
Leasehold land payment 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets 
Investments in joint ventures and associates 
Financial assets – pension escrow investments  
                       - investments 
                       - derivatives 
Other receivables 
Deferred tax assets 

Non-current assets held for sale 

Current assets 
Inventories 

Trade and other receivables 
Income tax receivable 
Financial assets - investments 
                       - derivatives 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total assets 
Current liabilities  

Trade and other payables 
Financial liabilities – interest bearing loans and borrowings 

 – obligations under finance lease and hire purchase contracts 
 – derivatives 

Income tax payable 
Provisions  

Non-current liabilities 

Financial liabilities - interest bearing loans and borrowings 

 - obligations under finance lease and hire purchase contracts 

 - derivatives 

Provisions 

Retirement benefit obligation – pension deficit 
Other payables 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net liabilities  

Equity 
Share capital 
Share premium 
Retained earnings 
Reserves 

Equity attributable to equity holder of parent company 
Non-controlling interest 

Total equity 

Notes 

10 

11 

12 

13 

15 

25 

25 

25 

9 

16 

17 

18 

25 

25 

19/25 

22 

20/25 
20/25 
20/25 

21 

20/25 

20/25 

20/25 

21 

26 

23 

9 

27 

2011 
£m 

1,832 
3 

197 
126 

105 
1,161 

44 
6 

- 
8 

3,482 
4 

38 
1,135 
- 

1 
36 

1,101 
2,311 

5,797 

(1,961) 
(375) 

(65) 
(3) 

(6) 
(181) 

2010 
£m 

1,935 
4 

197 
99 

147 
1,189 

49 
3 

1 
95 

3,719 
5 

38 

1,155 
14 

1 
24 

937 
2,169 

5,893 

(2,076) 
(388) 

(61) 
(17) 

(8) 
(130) 

(2,591) 

(2,680) 

(1,478) 
(193) 

- 
(97) 

(4,501) 
(34) 

(10) 
(6,313) 

(8,904) 

(3,107) 

- 
430 

(3,803) 
258 

(3,115) 
8 

(3,107) 

(1,138) 
(120) 

(1) 
(146) 

(8,041) 
(43) 

(5) 
(9,494) 

(12,174) 

(6,281) 

- 
430 

(6,968) 
250 

(6,288) 
7 

(6,281) 

The financial statements on pages 51 to 99 were approved by the Board of Directors on 13 June 2011 and signed on its behalf by: 

Moya Greene 

Matthew Lester 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                         
 
 
 
 
55 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

Consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended 27 March 2011 and 28 March 2010 

Notes 

2011 
£m 

2010 
£m 

Cash flow from operating activities 

Operating profit before exceptional items 

Adjustment for: 

Depreciation and amortisation  

Share of post tax profit from joint ventures and associates 

Working capital and other non-cash movements: 

Increase in inventories 

Decrease in receivables 

Decrease in payables 

Increase in client receivables 

Increase/(decrease) in client payables 

Net increase in derivative assets 

Increase in non-exceptional provisions 

Cash paid in respect of retirement benefit obligations in excess of that charged in operating profit 

Cash payments in respect of operating exceptional items (see note (a) below): 

ColleagueShare/business transformation payments 

Other 

Cash outflow from operations 

Income tax paid 

Net cash outflow from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 

Dividends received from joint ventures and associates 

Finance income received 

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 

Proceeds from disposal of associate company 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment 

Acquisition of businesses 

Purchase of intangible assets 

Payment of deferred consideration in respect of prior years’ acquisitions 

Net sale/(purchase) of financial assets investments (non-current) 

Net proceeds from financial assets investments (current)  

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities 

Net cash outflow before financing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 

Finance costs paid 

Payment of capital element of obligations under finance lease contracts 

Cash received on sale and leasebacks  

New loans 

Repayment of borrowings 

Net cash inflow from financing activities 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents  

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period 

5(c) 

15 

15 

14 

246 

286 

(28) 

(49) 

- 

14 

(44) 

(9) 

1 

(12) 

1 

(283) 

(272) 

(102) 

(170) 

(100) 

(22) 

(122) 

39 

69 

164 

73 

(292) 

(2) 

(82) 

- 

42 

- 

11 

(111) 

(60) 

(65) 

115 

332 

(42) 

280 

169 

(2) 

934 

19/25 

1,101 

404 

278 

(41) 

(83) 

(6) 

24 

(30) 

(14) 

(63) 

(7) 

13 

(376) 

(293) 

(82) 

(211) 

(111) 

(16) 

(127) 

35 

47 

14 

- 

(374) 

(1) 

(80) 

(7) 

(86) 

6 

(446) 

(573) 

(52) 

(22) 

73 

451 

(2) 

448 

(125) 

(1) 

1,060 

934 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
56 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

(a) Cash flows relating to operating exceptional items charged to the income statement in current and prior years 

The net cash outflows relating to the above were as follows: 

Net cash outflow relating to: 

Current year operating exceptional items 

Prior years’ operating exceptional items 

Total 

2011 
£m 

93 

179 

272 

2010 
£m 

85 

208 

293 

The net cash outflow of £272m (2010 £293m) comprises £131m (2010 £158m) relating to cash utilised to settle exceptional provisions, 
£73m (2010 £75m) relating to ColleagueShare dividends, £25m (2010 £nil) for business transformation payments, £nil (2010 £11m) 
incurred for current year pension redundancy liabilities, £30m (2010 £39m) relating to prior year pension redundancy liabilities and £13m 
(2010 £10m) in respect of other costs which were recorded within other payables. 

 
 
 
 
 
57 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

Notes to the Group financial statements 

1. Authorisation of financial statements and statement of compliance with IFRSs 

The Group’s financial statements for the year ended 27 March 2011 were authorised for issue by the Board on 13 June 2011 and the balance 
sheet was signed on the Board’s behalf by Moya Greene and Matthew Lester. 

The Group’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the 
European  Union  and  as  they  apply  to  the  financial  statements  of  the  Group  for  the  year  ended  27  March  2011.  The  principal  accounting 
policies adopted by the Group are set out in note 2. 

2. Accounting policies 

Basis of preparation and accounting 
The Group comprises Royal Mail Holdings plc (the Company) – which is wholly owned by HM Government – and its subsidiaries. The Company 
is incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006 (the Act) and the financial statements are produced in accordance with 
the Act and applicable IFRSs. The UK is the Group’s country of domicile. 

The Group consolidated financial statements are presented in Sterling and all values are rounded to the nearest £m except where otherwise 
indicated. These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for derivative financial instruments and 
available for sale financial assets, which have been measured at fair value. 

Changes in accounting policy and disclosures 
The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year except as follows: 

The Group has adopted the following revised and amended accounting standards as of 29 March 2010. The impact on the financial statements 
or performance of the Group is also described below: 

IFRS 3 (revised) Business Combinations 
The key features of the revised IFRS 3 include a requirement for acquisition-related costs to be expensed and not included in the purchase 
price;  and  for  contingent  consideration  to  be  recognised  at  fair  value  on  the  acquisition  date  (with  subsequent  changes  recognised  in  the 
income statement and not as a change to goodwill). The standard also changes the treatment of non-controlling interest (formerly minority 
interest) with an option to recognise these at full fair value as at the acquisition date and for previously held non-controlling interest to be fair 
valued as at the date control is obtained, with gains and losses recognised in the income statement. The adoption of this revised standard has 
not had a material impact on the financial position or performance of the Group. 

IAS 27 (amended) Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements 
The amended standard no longer restricts the allocation to non-controlling interest of losses incurred by a subsidiary to the amount of the 
non-controlling equity investment in the subsidiary. A partial disposal of equity interest in a subsidiary that does not result in a loss of control is 
accounted for as an equity transaction and has no impact on goodwill nor does it give rise to any gain or loss. Where there is loss of control of 
a subsidiary, any retained interest will be re-measured to fair value, which will impact the gain or loss recognised on disposal. This amended 
standard has not had a material impact on the financial position or performance of the Group. 

Improvements to IFRSs (issued 2009) 
In May 2009 the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) issued its second omnibus of amendments to its standards, primarily with a 
view to removing inconsistencies and clarifying wording. There are separate transitional provisions for each amendment. The adoption of the 
Improvements to IFRSs resulted in changes to accounting policies but did not have a material impact on the financial position or performance 
of the Group. 

Significant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions 
The preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that 
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the reporting date. However, uncertainty about these assumptions and estimates could 
result in outcomes that require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or liability affected in future periods. 

The  key  sources  of  uncertainty  that  have  a  significant  risk  of  causing  material  adjustment  to  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities 
within the next financial year relate to the measurement of the defined benefit pension obligations, deferred tax, ColleagueShare plan costs and 
provisions. 

Defined benefit pension obligations 
Measurement  of  the  defined  benefit  obligations  requires  certain  assumptions  to  be  made  including  on  life  expectancy,  future  changes  in 
salaries,  inflation  and  a  suitable  discount  rate.  The  size  of  these  obligations,  and  therefore  the  pension  deficit,  is  materially  sensitive  to  the 
assumptions adopted. The assumptions which have the most significant impact on the measurement of the defined benefit obligations are the 
real  discount  rate  and  the  mortality  rates.  A  0.1  percentage  point  change  to  the  discount  rate  could  change  the  liabilities  by  approximately 
£690m. An additional one year on the life expectancy could increase liabilities by approximately £840m. The major assumptions and carrying 
value of the obligations are disclosed in note 26.  

Deferred tax 
Assessment of the deferred tax asset requires an estimation of future profitability. Such estimation is inherently uncertain in a market subject 
to various competitive pressures. Should estimates of future profitability change in future years, the amount of deferred tax recognised will 
also change accordingly. The carrying values of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are included within note 9. 

 
 
 
 
58 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

2. Accounting policies (continued) 

ColleagueShare plan 
The calculation of the ColleagueShare costs and liabilities is reliant on a number of judgements, estimates and assumptions. These include in 
particular  forecasts  for  the  potential  equity  value  of  ColleagueShares,  forecasts  of  joiners  and  leavers  throughout  the  life  of  the  plan  and 
judgements  on  when  participants  are  likely  to  exercise  their  rights  for  the  Company  to  redeem  the  ColleagueShares  that  they  hold.  The 
magnitude  of  the  costs  involved  is  sensitive  to  these  forecasts  and  assumptions.  The  carrying  values  of  the  ColleagueShare  liabilities  are 
included within notes 21 and 22. 

Provisions 
Provisions  are  recognised  when  the  Group  has  a  present  legal  or  constructive  obligation  as  a  result  of  past  events,  it  is  probable  that  an 
outflow  of  resources  will  be  required  to  settle  the  obligation,  and  a  reliable  estimate  of  the  amount  can  be  made.  Due  to  the  nature  of 
provisions, a significant part of their determination is based upon estimates and/or judgements concerning the future.  

Restructuring  provisions,  including  for  redundancy  and  property  costs,  are  derived  based  upon  the  most  recent  business  plan  for  direct 
expenditure  where  plans  are  sufficiently  detailed  and  appropriate  communication  to  those  affected  has  been  undertaken.  This  includes  the 
expected number of employees impacted, rate of compensation per employee, rental costs and expected period of properties remaining vacant 
and dilapidation costs. 

The potential industrial claims provision is based on the best information available as at the year end, including independent expert advice. 

Funding  

Material Uncertainty in the Financing of Royal Mail Group excluding Post Office Limited (’RMG’)  

Background 

The  postal  market  in  the  UK  is  both  open  to  full  competition  and  in  structural  decline  due  to  the  emergence  of  alternative  digital 
communication media. Over the past 5 years inland addressed postal volumes have declined by some 20% and are expected to continue to 
decline by some 5% per annum over the next five years. This has resulted in a significant erosion of profits and cash flows, similar to other 
postal operators around the world. In addition, the actuarial pension deficit agreed formally with the Pension Trustee in 2010 is some £10bn 
as at 31 March 2009 for Royal Mail Group excluding Post Office Limited (‘RMG’) – to be repaid over a 38 year period - and RMG is required to 
make pension deficit repayments of £286m per annum rising to around £410m per annum by 2016. 

Balance sheet and cash flow solvency 

RMG is currently balance sheet insolvent with net liabilities of £2.8bn (2010 £5.8bn) (Post Office Limited net liabilities £0.3bn (2010 £0.5bn)), 
brought about by the recognition of the pension deficit on the balance sheet in March 2006. The pension deficit currently stands at £4.5bn 
(2010 £8.0bn) with the decrease this year mainly due to the Government requirement to use a CPI based inflation assumption for the majority 
of schemes rather than RPI as in previous years.   

The pension deficit recognised in the RMG financial statements is calculated based on the requirements of IAS 19 and on different assumptions 
to the actuarial deficit agreed periodically with the Pension Trustee and it is the latter that is used to determine the cash payments to repair 
the deficit.   

At 27 March 2011 RMG has £553m of cash headroom (including cash on hand, short term deposits and unutilised loan facilities) available.      

There are severe pressures and risks on RMG’s cash flow and headroom position, brought about by a number of factors, including: 

• 

• 

• 

recent and forecast declines in inland addressed postal volumes caused by the current economic climate and the emergence of alternative 
digital communications media causing a material reduction in the proportion of communications carried out using the mail; 

the significant investment required to modernise RMG so as to achieve the cost reductions necessary to keep pace with the reduction in 
volumes; and 

the  costs  of  meeting  RMG’s  obligations  to  fund  the  pension  scheme,  including  both  ongoing  pension  contributions  and  pension  deficit 
payments.  

As  a  result  of  this  pressure  on  cash  flow  and  the  fact  that  RMG  is  balance  sheet  insolvent,  the  Board  has  been  carefully  monitoring,  on  a 
regular basis, whether RMG has sufficient cash flow to meet its liabilities as they fall due over the foreseeable future. This has involved regular 
reviews of projected monthly cash headroom until March 2013 and includes a review of the strategic plan cash flows to March 2016. 

RMG has been taking a number of steps to preserve its financial flexibility, including property disposals, the disposal of its 20% investment in 
Camelot, sales and leasebacks, cost-cutting, supplier initiatives and other measures to reduce expenditure and to release cash. Nevertheless, 
the  Board  has  concluded  that  without  Government  support  RMG  may  not  be  able  to  meet  its  liabilities  as  they  fall  due,  including  the  next 
£286m pension deficit contribution payment due in March 2012 and the repayment of £900m Government loan facilities due in March 2014. 

Government Policy for Royal Mail 

In 2008 the Government commissioned a review of the postal sector and its findings in its report back – titled “Modernise or Decline” and its 
findings  confirmed  that  the  universal  service  “is  part  of  our  economic  and  social  glue”  and  that  it  delivers  significant  economic  value  to  the 
nation and its citizens. Royal Mail, the letters business of RMG, has been modernising its operations over the last five years and will continue to 
make further significant investment to reduce its cost base.  

 
 
 
 
59 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

2. Accounting policies (continued) 

The Government made the restructuring and privatisation of RMG one of its first policies and: 

• 

• 

the Postal Services Bill – which provides a platform for the Government to relieve RMG of the majority of its historical pension assets and 
liabilities, to change the regulatory regime for RMG and allow the introduction of private capital – has now been agreed by both Houses of 
Parliament and received Royal Assent; and 

a formal State Aid application to the European Commission for restructuring aid (relieving RMG of the majority of its pension deficit and 
restructuring the balance sheet) as required by European Law, will be made by the Government in June 2011.  

Key Assumptions and Material Uncertainties for Going Concern 

The RMG strategic plan (’the plan’) projects a sustained return to profitability and cash generation as the benefits of modernisation are realised.  
The  plan  assumes  that  core  letter  volumes  will  continue  to  decline  by  5%  per  annum  and  that  a  further  £1.1bn  will  be  invested  into 
modernising the Royal Mail letters network to improve profitability and cash flow generation in the next two years. A key material assumption 
is that this modernisation programme will be successful in delivering World Class Mail and reducing costs in 2012-13 by £0.6bn in real terms 
compared to the cost base of 2010-11. 

The plan also assumes that Government will relieve RMG of the majority of its pension deficit, restructure the balance sheet, reset covenants 
from March 2012 onwards and that a more appropriate postal regulatory regime will be introduced. 

In forming their view regarding RMG’s going concern status, the Directors have identified two material uncertainties that cast significant doubt 
upon RMG’s ability to continue as a going concern: 

First, the relief of the majority of the pension deficit and the balance sheet restructure are conditional on the obtaining of State Aid approval 
from  the  European  Commission.  In  particular,  State  Aid  approval  will  need  to  be  obtained  by  March  2012  when  the  next  pension  deficit 
payment would otherwise be due. 

The Government has announced that it will submit a formal State Aid notification to the European Commission in June 2011 outlining its plan 
to provide restructuring aid to RMG with the intention of returning the business to financial viability and that it hopes that the process will be 
completed by March 2012.  

However,  the Directors  can not  be  certain  that  State  Aid  approval  will  be  given for  the  full  package  of  measures  or  that  it  will  be given  by 
March 2012. 

The second material uncertainty is whether Government would provide alternative financing in the event of a delayed or rejected application 
for restructuring aid on suitable terms as described above. 

The  Directors  believe  that  the  Government  would  continue  to  provide  adequate  financing  to  RMG.  This  is  based  on  a  number  of  factors 
including the prior experience of financing Post Office Limited by the Government from 2006-7 onwards. 

Going Concern Basis in the Financial Statements 

On this basis and after careful consideration of the cash flow and headroom projections the Directors consider it appropriate to prepare the 
financial statements on a going concern basis, which assumes that RMG will continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. 

Should the State Aid application fail and Government not provide alternative debt financing arrangements to relieve the future pension deficit 
obligations,  the  going  concern  basis  would  be  invalid  and  adjustments  would  have  to  be  made  to  reduce  the  value  of  the  assets  to  their 
realisable amount, to provide for any further liabilities that might arise and to reclassify fixed assets and long-term liabilities as current assets 
and current liabilities. The financial statements presented for the year ending 27 March 2011 do not contain any adjustment that would be 
required if it was concluded that RMG was unable to continue as a going concern.  

Post Office Limited 

Post Office Limited had net liabilities as at 27 March 2011 but has operated at a profit before exceptional items during 2010-11 for the third 
year running. 

To become viable in the longer-term, new business areas continue to be developed and grown in order to replace the lost contribution from 
traditional income sources and significant cost reduction programmes continue to be implemented.  

During the year, Post Office Limited has continued with the implementation of a number of programmes which are designed to improve the 
profitability of the company. The branch closure programme is completed and no further closures are planned but further work on efficiency 
improvements and improving the business model continues. These programmes include: 

• 

• 

• 

the development of new business and drive for sales growth; 

bringing the Crown branch segment into profit; and 

a programme of fundamental cost reduction. 

On 24 March 2010 a funding agreement was agreed that provides up to £180m for compensation for losses sustained in parts of the network 
in 2011-12 as well as providing access to the working capital facility of £1.15bn to 31 March 2012. These arrangements received State Aid 
approval on 23 March 2011. 

 
 
 
 
60 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

2. Accounting policies (continued) 

A further funding agreement with Government was announced on 27 October 2010 which provided for: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

funding of £410m for 2012-13; 

funding of £415m for 2013-14; 

funding of £330m for 2014-15; and 

extension of the existing working capital facility of £1.15bn up to 31 March 2016. 

All of the funding for 2012-13 to 2014-15 and extension of the working capital facility is subject to State Aid approval. 

Whilst the Directors are satisfied with the progress that has been made it should be noted Post Office Limited continues to face a challenging 
future.  

Notwithstanding these uncertainties, the Directors recognise that significant progress has been made in delivering its 2005-11 plan and that a 
plan  for  2011-15  has  been  approved  so,  after  careful  consideration,  continue  to  believe  that  Post  Office  Limited  will  be  able  to  meet  its 
liabilities as they fall due in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, on that basis, the Directors consider that it is appropriate that these financial 
statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. 

Basis of consolidation 
The  consolidated  financial  statements  comprise  the  financial  statements  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiary  undertakings.  The  financial 
statements of the major subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting year as the Company, using consistent accounting policies.  

All  intra-group  balances  and  transactions,  including  unrealised  profits  arising  from  intra-group  transactions,  have  been  eliminated  in  full. 
Transfer prices between business segments are set on a basis of charges reached through negotiation with the respective businesses. 

Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is obtained by the Group and cease to be consolidated from the date on which 
control is no longer held by the Group. Where the Group ceases to hold control of a subsidiary, the consolidated financial statements include 
the results for the part of the reporting year during which the Group held control. 

Non-controlling interest represents the portion of profit/loss, gains/losses and net assets relating to subsidiaries that are not attributable to 
members of the Company. The non-controlling interest balance is presented within equity in the consolidated balance sheet, separately from 
parent shareholder’s equity. 

Investments in joint ventures and associates 
The  Group’s  investments  in  its  joint  ventures  and  associates  are  accounted  for  under  the  equity  method  of  accounting.  Under  the  equity 
method, the investment is carried in the balance sheet at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share of the net assets of the joint 
ventures/associates, less any impairment in value. The income statement reflects the Group’s share of post tax profits from the joint ventures/ 
associates. 

Any goodwill arising on acquisition of an associate, representing the excess of the cost of the investment compared to the Group’s share of the 
net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired, is included in the carrying amount and not amortised. To 
the  extent  that  the  net  fair  value  of  the  associate’s  identifiable  assets,  liabilities  and  contingent  liabilities  is  greater  than  the  cost  of  the 
investment,  a  gain  is  recognised  and  added  to  the  Group’s  share  of  the  associate’s  profit  or  loss  in  the  period  in  which  the  investment  is 
acquired.  

Revenue 
Revenue reported in the income statement is net of value added tax and comprises Turnover and the Network Subsidy Payment. Turnover 
principally relates to the rendering of services as follows: 

UK Letters & Parcels and International 
Account revenue is derived from specific contracts and recognised when the delivery of an item is complete. Prepaid revenue mainly relating to 
stamp and meter income is recognised when the sale is made, adjusted to reflect a value of stamp and meter credits held but not used by the 
customer.  

Post Office Limited 
Revenue is recognised at the time that Government, financial, mails and telephony services are provided. 

General Logistics Systems 
Revenue is derived from specific contracts and is recognised at the time of delivery. 

The Network Subsidy Payment  is  Government grant  revenue  recognised to  match  the  related  costs  of  providing  the  network  of  public  post 
offices that the Secretary of State for Business, Innovation and Skills considers appropriate and which would otherwise not be provided. 

Distribution and conveyance 
Distribution  and  conveyance  costs  relate  to  third  party  costs  incurred  in  carrying  mail.  These  include  conveyance  by  rail,  road,  sea  and  air, 
together with costs incurred by international mail carriers and Parcelforce Worldwide delivery operators. These costs are disclosed separately 
on the face of the income statement. 

Operating profit before exceptional items 
Operating profit is the profit arising from the normal, recurring operations of the business. This incorporates revenue, people costs (excluding 
ColleagueShare and restructuring costs), distribution and conveyance operating costs, other operating costs and the Group’s post tax share of 
profit from joint ventures and associates.  

 
 
 
 
61 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

2. Accounting policies (continued) 

Operating exceptional items 
Operating exceptional items, primarily modernisation costs, are material items of income and expenditure arising from the operations of the 
business which, due to the nature of the events giving rise to them, require separate presentation on the face of the income statement to allow 
a better understanding of financial performance in the year, in comparison to prior years. 

ColleagueShare plan  
ColleagueShare  is  the  name  for  the  Group’s  employee  ‘share’  plan.  The  plan,  introduced  in  2007-08,  is  a  five-year  plan  spanning  the 
accounting years from April 2007 to March 2012 and comprises both a ‘share’ scheme and a related stakeholder dividend worth up to £5,300 
per person throughout the life of the plan. The ColleagueShares represent up to a total of 14% of the projected equity value of the Group.  

The  costs  of  the  plan  are  included  in  the  income  statement  as  an  exceptional  item  throughout  the  life  of  the  plan  and  are  included  within 
payables or provisions as appropriate. The Group will redeem all ColleagueShares by 2012-13. 

Operating profit 
Operating  profit  is  the  profit  arising  from  the  normal,  recurring  operations  of  the  business  and  after  charging  operating  exceptional  items 
defined  above.  It  excludes  the  non-operating  exceptional  items  for  profit  or  loss  on  disposal  of  businesses  and  profit  or  loss  on  disposal  of 
property, plant and equipment. These items are not part of the normal recurring operations of the business but are material, so are presented 
separately on the face of the income statement to allow a better understanding of financial performance in the year, in comparison to prior 
years. 

Goodwill 
Business combinations on or after 29 March 2004 are accounted for under IFRS 3 Business Combinations using the purchase method. Any 
excess of the cost of the business combination over the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent 
liabilities at the date of acquisition is recognised in the balance sheet as goodwill and is not amortised.  

After  initial  recognition,  goodwill  is  stated  at  cost  less  any  accumulated  impairment  losses.  Goodwill  arising  from  business  combinations  is 
reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired.  

An impairment loss is recognised in the income statement for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset (or cash generating unit) 
exceeds its recoverable amount, which is the higher of an asset’s net realisable value and its value in use. For the purpose of such impairment 
reviews, goodwill is allocated to the relevant cash generating units. 

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of equity accounted entities is included in the cost of those entities and therefore not reported in the balance 
sheet as goodwill. 

Intangible assets 
Intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination are capitalised separately from goodwill if the fair value can be measured reliably 
on initial recognition. Intangible assets acquired separately or development costs that meet the criteria to be capitalised are initially recognised 
at cost and are assessed to have either a finite or indefinite useful life. Those with a finite life are amortised over their useful life and those with 
an  indefinite  life  are  reviewed  for  impairment  annually  or  more  frequently  if  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying 
value may be impaired. An impairment loss is recognised in the income statement for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset 
exceeds its recoverable amount, which is the higher of an asset’s net realisable value and its value in use. 

Amortisation of intangible assets with finite lives is charged annually to the income statement on a straight-line basis as follows:  

Customer listings 

Software 

1 to 4 years 

1 to 6 years 

Research and development 
Expenditure on research is written off in the year it is incurred. Development costs are capitalised where they meet the criteria required under 
IFRSs. If these criteria are not met, then the costs are recognised in the income statement as they are incurred. 

Property, plant and equipment 
Property,  plant  and  equipment  is  recognised  at  cost,  including  directly  attributable  costs  in  bringing  the  asset  into  working  condition  for  its 
intended  use.  Depreciation  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  is  provided  on  a  straight-line  basis  by  reference  to  net  book  value  and  to  the 
remaining useful economic lives of assets and their estimated residual values. The useful lives and residual values are reviewed annually and 
adjustments, where applicable, are made on a prospective basis. The lives assigned to major categories of property, plant and equipment are:  

Land and buildings: 
   Freehold land 
   Freehold buildings 
   Leasehold buildings 
Plant and machinery 
Motor vehicles and trailers 
Fixtures and equipment 

Not depreciated 
Up to 50 years 
The shorter of the period of the lease, 50 years or the estimated remaining useful life 
3-15 years 
2-12 years 
2-15 years 

An individual property that the Group has identified as surplus is reclassified within ‘non-current assets held for sale’, a separate category on 
the balance sheet, when a sale is highly probable. This has been determined to be when authority to market the property has been given and 
the property is vacant and therefore available for immediate sale and occupation by a third party. Such properties are expected to generate 
economic cash flow primarily by sale of the asset rather than by operational activities, and are expected generally to be disposed of within a 
year. 

For a disposal group of properties or other assets and liabilities, the requirements of IFRS 5 Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued 
operations are applied to the specific circumstances of the disposal group. 

 
 
 
 
 
62 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

2. Accounting policies (continued) 

Impairment reviews 
Unless otherwise disclosed in these accounting policies, assets are reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that 
the  carrying  value  may  be  impaired.  The  Group  assesses  at  each  reporting  date  whether  such  indications  exist.  Where  appropriate,  an 
impairment  loss  is  recognised  in  the  income  statement  for  the  amount  by  which  the  carrying  value  of  the  asset  (or  cash  generating  unit) 
exceeds its recoverable amount, which is the higher of an asset’s net realisable value and its value in use. 

Leases 
Finance  leases,  where  substantially  all  the  risks  and  rewards  incidental  to  ownership  of  the  leased  item  have  passed  to  the  Group,  are 
capitalised at the inception of the lease with a corresponding liability recognised for the fair value of the leased item or, if lower, at the present 
value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are apportioned between the finance charges and capital element of the lease liability 
to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Capitalised leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the 
estimated useful life of the asset and the lease term. 

Leases where substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset are retained by the lessor, are classified as operating leases and 
rentals are charged to the income statement over the lease term. The aggregate benefit of incentives are recognised as a reduction of rental 
expense over the lease term on a straight-line basis. 

A  leasehold  land  payment  is  an  upfront  payment  to  acquire  a  long-term  leasehold  interest  in  land.  This  payment  is  stated  at  cost  and  is 
amortised on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. 

Inventories  
Inventories are carried at the lower of cost and net realisable value after adjusting for obsolete or slow-moving stock. Cost includes all costs in 
bringing each item to its present location and condition and comprises weighted average cost for supplies and materials and purchase cost for 
merchandise. 

Trade receivables 
Trade receivables are recognised and carried at original invoice amount less an allowance for any non-collectable amounts. An estimate for 
doubtful debts is made when collection of the full amount is no longer probable. Bad debts are written off when identified. 

Financial instruments 
Financial assets within the scope of IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement are classified as; financial assets at fair value 
through the income statement (held for trading); held to maturity investments, loans and receivables or available for sale financial assets as 
appropriate. Financial liabilities within the scope of IAS 39 are classified as either financial liabilities at fair value through the income statement 
or financial liabilities measured at amortised cost. 

The Group determines the classification of its financial instruments at initial recognition and re-evaluates this designation at each financial year 
end.  When  financial  instruments  are  recognised  initially,  they  are  measured  at  fair  value,  being  the  transaction  price  plus,  in  the  case  of 
financial instruments not at ‘fair value through the income statement’, any directly attributable transactional costs. 

The subsequent measurement of financial instruments depends on their classification as follows: 

Financial assets at fair value through the income statement (held for trading) 
Financial  assets  are  classified  as  held  for  trading  if  they  are  acquired  for  sale  in  the  short  term.  Derivatives  are  also  classified  as  held  for 
trading unless they are designated as hedging instruments. Assets are carried in the balance sheet at fair value with gains or losses recognised 
in the income statement. 

Held-to-maturity investments 
Non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturity are classified as ‘held to maturity’ when the Group has 
the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity. Held to maturity investments are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate 
method. Gains and losses are recognised in the income statement when the investments are derecognised or impaired, as well as through the 
amortisation process. Investments intended to be held for an undefined period are not included in this classification. 

Loans and receivables 
Non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted on an active market, do not qualify as trading assets 
and have not been designated as either ‘fair value through the income statement’ or available for sale, are carried at amortised cost using the 
effective interest rate method if the time value of money is significant. Gains and losses are recognised in the income statement when the loans 
and receivables are derecognised or impaired, as well as through the amortisation process. 

Available for sale financial assets 
‘Available  for  sale  financial  assets’  are  non-derivative  financial  assets  that  are  designated  as  such  or  are  not  classified  in  any  of  the  three 
preceding categories. After initial recognition, interest is taken to the income statement using the effective interest rate method and the assets 
are measured at fair value with gains or losses being recognised as a separate component of equity until the investment is derecognised, or 
until the investment is deemed to be impaired at which time the cumulative gain or loss previously reported in equity is included in the income 
statement. 

Financial liabilities at fair value through the income statement (held for trading) 
Derivatives liabilities are classified as held for trading unless they are designated as hedging instruments. They are carried in the balance sheet 
at fair value with gains or losses recognised in the income statement. 

 
 
 
 
63 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

2. Accounting policies (continued) 

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost 
All  non-derivative  financial  liabilities  are  classified  as  financial  liabilities  measured  at  amortised  cost.  Non-derivative  financial  liabilities  are 
initially recognised at the fair value of the consideration received, less directly attributable issue costs. After initial recognition, non-derivative 
financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Gains and losses are recognised in the 
income statement when the liabilities are derecognised or impaired, as well as through the amortisation process. 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents in the balance sheet comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-term deposits (cash equivalents) with an original 
maturity date of three months or less. In addition, the Group uses Money Market funds as a readily available source of cash, which are bought 
and sold on a daily basis to meet the cash requirements of the business. These funds are also categorised as cash equivalents. 

For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents as defined above, net of bank 
overdrafts. 

Cash equivalents are classified as loans and receivables financial instruments. 

Financial assets – pension escrow investments 
Financial  assets –  pension  escrow  investments  comprise  short-term  deposits  with  banks,  conventional  gilt  edged  securities,  index-linked  gilt 
edged securities and Treasury bills. 

Short-term deposits with banks (pension escrow investments) are classified as loans and receivables financial instruments. 

Conventional gilt edged securities, index-linked gilt edged securities and Treasury bills are classified as available for sale financial instruments 
on the basis that they are quoted investments that are not held for trading and may be disposed of prior to maturity. 

Financial assets – other investments 
Financial assets – other investments comprise short-term deposits (other investments) with Government, local government or banks with an 
original maturity of three months or more. Short-term deposits are classified as loans and receivables financial instruments.  

Financial liabilities – interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
All loans and borrowings are classified as financial liabilities measured at amortised cost. 

Financial liabilities – obligations under finance lease and hire purchase contracts 
All obligations under finance lease and hire purchase contracts are classified as financial liabilities measured at amortised cost. 

Borrowing costs 
Borrowing  costs are  recognised  as  an  expense when  incurred,  unless they  are  directly  attributable to  the construction  or  development  of  a 
qualifying asset, in which case they are capitalised using the weighted average cost of borrowing for the period of construction/development. 

Derivative financial instruments 
The Group uses derivative instruments such as foreign currency contracts in order to manage the risk profile of any underlying risk exposure of 
the Group, in line with the Group’s treasury management policies. Such derivative financial instruments are initially stated at fair value. 

For the purpose of hedge accounting, hedges are classified as cash flow hedges where they hedge exposure to variability in cash flows that is 
either attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction. 

In relation to cash flow hedges to hedge the foreign exchange or commodity price risk of firm commitments that meet the conditions for hedge 
accounting, the portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined to relate to an effective hedge is recognised directly in 
equity and the ineffective portion is recognised in the income statement. 

When the hedged firm commitment results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or non-financial liability, then at the time the asset or 
liability is recognised, the associated gains or losses that had previously been recognised in equity are included in the initial measurement of 
the acquisition cost or other carrying amount of the asset or liability. For all other cash flow hedges, the gains or losses that are recognised in 
equity are transferred to the income statement in the same year in which the hedged firm commitment affects the net profit/loss, for example 
when the future sale actually occurs. 

For derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting, any gains or losses arising from changes in fair value are taken directly to the income 
statement in the period. 

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge 
accounting.  At  that  point,  any  cumulative  gain  or  loss  on  the  hedging  instrument  recognised  in  equity  is  kept  in  equity  until  the  forecast 
transaction occurs. If a hedged transaction is no longer expected to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss recognised in equity is transferred to 
the income statement for the year. 

Fair value measurement of financial instruments 
The  fair  value  of  quoted  investments  (including  conventional  gilt  edged  securities,  index-linked  gilt  edged  securities  and  Treasury  bills)  is 
determined by reference to bid prices at the close of business on the balance sheet date. Hence the conventional gilt edged securities, index-
linked gilt edged securities and Treasury bills are within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy as defined within IFRS 7. 

Where  there  is  no  active  market,  fair  value  is  determined  using  valuation  techniques.  These  include  using  recent  arm’s  length  market 
transactions; reference to the current market value of another instrument which is substantially the same; and discounted cash flow analysis 
and  pricing  models.  Specifically,  in  the  absence  of  quoted  market  prices,  derivatives  are  valued  by  using  quoted  forward  prices  for  the 
underlying commodity/currency and discounted using quoted interest rates (both as at the close of business on the balance sheet date). Hence 
derivative assets and liabilities are within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as defined within IFRS 7. 

 
 
 
 
64 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

2. Accounting policies (continued) 

For the purposes of disclosing the fair value of investments held at amortised cost in the balance sheet, in the absence of quoted market prices, 
fair values are calculated by discounting the future cash flows of the financial instrument using quoted equivalent interest rates as at close of 
business on the balance sheet date. 

Derecognition of financial instruments 
A financial asset or liability is derecognised when the contract that gives rise to it is settled, sold, cancelled or expires. 

Income tax and deferred tax 
The charge for current taxation is based on the results for the year as adjusted for items that are non-assessable or disallowed. It is calculated 
using rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. 

Deferred tax is provided, using the liability method, on all temporary differences at the balance sheet date, between the tax bases of assets and 
liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes. 

Deferred income tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences except: 

(cid:131) 

(cid:131) 

(cid:131) 

initial recognition of goodwill; 

the  initial  recognition  of  an  asset  or  liability  in  a  transaction  that  is  not  a  business  combination  and,  at  the  time  of  the  transaction, 
affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; and 

taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interest in joint ventures, where the timing of 
the  reversal  of  the  temporary  differences  can  be  controlled  and  it  is  probable  that  the  temporary  difference  will  not  reverse  in  the 
foreseeable future. 

Other than stated below, deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, carry-forward of unused tax assets and 
unused  tax  losses,  to  the  extent  that  it  is  probable  that  taxable  profit  will  be  available  against  which  the  deductible  temporary  differences, 
carry-forward of unused tax assets, and unused tax losses can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are not recognised in respect of: 

(cid:131) 

(cid:131) 

deductible  temporary  differences  arising  from  the  initial  recognition  of  an  asset  or  liability  in  a  transaction  that  is  not  a  business 
combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor the taxable profit or loss; and 

deductible temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests in joint ventures, except to the 
extent that it is probable that the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available against 
which the temporary difference will be utilised. 

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and increased or reduced to the extent that it is probable 
that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilised. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the tax asset is realised or the 
liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Deferred tax 
balances are not discounted. 

Current and deferred tax is charged or credited directly to equity if it relates to items that are credited or charged directly to equity. Otherwise 
it is recognised in the income statement. 

Provisions 
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that an 
outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. If the effect 
of the time value of money is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at an appropriate pre-tax rate.  

Pensions and other post-retirement benefits 
The pension plans’ assets for the defined benefit schemes are measured at fair value. Liabilities are measured on an actuarial basis using the 
projected unit credit method and discounted at a rate equivalent to the current rate of return on a high quality corporate bond of equivalent 
currency  and  term.  The  resulting  defined  benefit  asset  or  liability  is  presented  separately  on  the  face  of  the  balance  sheet.  Full  actuarial 
valuations are carried out at intervals not normally exceeding three years as determined by the Trustees and, with appropriate updates and 
accounting  adjustments  at  each  balance  sheet  date,  form  the  basis  of  the  deficit  disclosed.  All  members  of  defined  benefit  schemes  are 
contracted out of the earnings-related part of the State pension scheme. 

For  defined  benefit  schemes,  the  amounts  charged  to  operating  profit  are  the  current  service  costs  and  any  gains  and  losses  arising  from 
settlements,  curtailments  and  past  service  costs.  The  net  difference  between  the  interest  costs  and  the  expected  return  on  plan  assets  is 
recognised  as  net  pensions  interest  in  the  income  statement.  Actuarial  gains  and  losses  are  recognised  immediately  in  the  statement  of 
comprehensive  income.  Any  deferred  tax  movement  associated  with  the  actuarial  gains  and  losses  is  also  recognised  in  the  statement  of 
comprehensive income. 

For  defined  contribution  schemes,  the  Group’s  contributions  are  charged  to  operating  profit  within  people  costs  in  the  period  to  which  the 
contributions relate. Overseas subsidiaries make separate arrangements for the provision of pensions and other post-retirement benefits. 

 
 
 
 
65 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

2. Accounting policies (continued) 

Foreign currencies 
The functional and presentational currency of Royal Mail Holdings plc is Sterling (£). The functional currency of the overseas subsidiaries in 
Europe is mainly the Euro (€). 

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. The trading results of 
foreign operations are translated at the average rates of exchange for the reporting period, being a reasonable approximation to the actual 
transaction rate. The exchange rate differences arising on the translation, since the date of transition to IFRSs, are taken directly to the Foreign 
Currency Translation Reserve in equity.  

Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded in the functional currency by applying the spot exchange rate ruling at the date of the 
transaction.  Monetary  assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in  foreign  currencies  are  retranslated  at  the  functional  currency  rate  of  exchange 
ruling at the balance sheet date. Currently hedge accounting is not claimed for any monetary assets and liabilities. All differences are therefore 
taken  to  the  income  statement,  except  for  differences  on  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  that  form  part  of  the  Group’s  net  investment  in  a 
foreign operation. These are taken directly to equity until the disposal of the net investment occurs, at which time they are recognised in profit 
or loss. 

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates as at the dates 
of the initial transactions. Non-monetary items measured at fair value in foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date 
when the fair value is determined. 

Contingent liabilities and financial guarantee contracts  
Financial  guarantee  contracts  are  initially  measured  at  fair  value  and  subsequently  at  the  higher  of  amounts  under  IAS 37 Provisions, 
Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets or the amounts initially recognised less, when appropriate, cumulative amortisation recognised in 
accordance with IAS 18 Revenue. 

Contingent liabilities are not disclosed if the possibility of losses occurring is considered to be remote. 

Government grants 
Government  grants  of  a  revenue  nature  are  credited  to  the  income  statement  and  are  shown  separately  to  the  expenditure  to  which  they 
relate. 

Government grants relating to assets are recognised as deferred income that is amortised over the useful life of the relevant assets. 

Segment information 
During the year the Group changed the structure of its internal organisation in a manner that resulted in a change to the composition of its 
reportable segments. As a result of this change, corresponding information for earlier periods has been restated. 

The Group’s operating segments are organised and managed separately according to the nature of the products and services provided, with 
each  segment  representing  a  business  unit  that  offers  different  products  and  serves  largely  different  markets.  Management  monitors  the 
operating results of its business units separately for the purpose of making decisions about resource allocation and performance assessment. 
Segment performance is evaluated based on operating profit/loss. 

There is no aggregation of operating segments. The operating units that make up the four operating segments are detailed on page 29. 

The operating segments comprise operations in both the UK and other parts of Europe, the latter being relevant to the GLS business segment. 
The UK operations include the remaining two operating segments plus the ‘Other’ segments. 

Segment revenues have been attributed to the respective countries based on the location of the customer. 

Transfer prices between the segments are set on a basis of charges reached through negotiation with the respective business units that form 
part of the segments.  

There are no differences in the measurement of the respective segments’ profit/loss and the consolidated financial statements prepared under 
IFRSs. 

Accounting standards issued but not yet applied 
The  International  Accounting  Standards  Board  (IASB)  has  issued  accounting  standards  relevant  to  the  Group  with  an  effective  date  for 
accounting periods beginning after the commencement date of the period to which these financial statements relate. The Group has considered 
the impact of these below: 

International Accounting Standards (IAS/IFRSs) 

IAS 24 

IFRS 9  

IFRS 10 

IFRS 11 

IFRS 12 

IFRS 13 

Related Party Disclosures (Amendment) 

Financial Instruments: Classification and Measurement 

Consolidated Financial Statements 

Joint Arrangements 

Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities 

Fair Value Measurement 

Effective date 

1 January 2011 

1 January 2013 

1 January 2013 

1 January 2013 

1 January 2013 

1 January 2013 

IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures 
This  revised  standard  provides  an  exemption  from  disclosure  requirements  for  transactions  between  entities  controlled,  jointly  controlled  or 
significantly  influenced  by  the  same  government  and  between  such  entities  and  the  government  itself,  unless  they  are  individually  or 
collectively significant. The standard also amends the definition of a related party to remove some inconsistencies. This standard, which will be 
adopted with a commencement date of 28 March 2011, will not have any impact on the financial position or performance of the Group.  

 
 
 
 
66 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

2. Accounting policies (continued) 

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments: Classification and Measurement 
IFRS 9 as issued reflects the first phase of the IASB’s work on the replacement of IAS 39 and applies to classification and measurement of 
financial assets as defined in IAS 39. In subsequent phases, the IASB will address classification and measurement of financial liabilities, hedge 
accounting and derecognition. The completion of this project is expected in 2011. The adoption of the first phase of IFRS 9, mandatory for the 
Group  commencing  1  April  2013,  will  have  an  effect  on  the  classification  and  measurement  of  the  Group’s  financial  assets.  The  Group  will 
quantify the effect in conjunction with the other phases, when issued, to present a comprehensive picture. 

IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements 
IFRS 10 builds on existing principles by identifying the concept of control as the determining factor in whether an entity should be included 
within the consolidated financial statements of the parent company. The changes introduced by IFRS 10 will require management to exercise 
significant judgement to determine which entities are controlled, and therefore are required to be consolidated by a parent, compared with the 
requirements  that  were  in  IAS  27.  The  standard  will  be  adopted  with  a  commencement  date  of  1  April  2013  and  will  be  reviewed  to 
understand any possible impact on the financial position of the Group.  

IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements 
IFRS 11 replaces IAS 31 Interests in Joint Ventures and provides for a more realistic reflection of joint arrangements by focusing on the rights 
and  obligations  of  the  arrangement,  rather  than  its  legal  form  (as  is  currently  the  case).  The  standard  addresses  inconsistencies  in  the 
reporting of joint arrangements by requiring a single method to account for interests in jointly controlled entities. The standard will be adopted 
with a commencement date of 1 April 2013 and will be reviewed to understand any possible impact on the financial position of the Group. 

IFRS 12 Disclosures of Interests in Other Entities 
IFRS 12 is a new and comprehensive standard on disclosure requirements for all forms on interests in other entities, including subsidiaries, 
joint  arrangements  and  unconsolidated  structured  entities.  A  number  of  new  disclosures  are  required.  One  of  the  most  significant  changes 
introduced by IFRS 12 is that an entity is now required to disclose the judgements made to determine whether it controls another entity. The 
standard will be adopted with a commencement date of 1 April 2013 and will be reviewed to understand any possible impact on the financial 
position of the Group. 

IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement 
IFRS  13  establishes  a  single  framework  for  measuring  fair  value  where  that  is  required  by  other  standards.  The  standard  applies  to  both 
financial and non-financial items measured at fair value. The standard will be adopted with a commencement date of 1 April 2013 and will be 
reviewed to understand any possible impact on the financial position of the Group. 

Improvements to IFRSs not yet adopted 

In April 2009 and May 2010 the IASB issued amendments to its standards, primarily with a view to removing inconsistencies and clarifying 
wording. There are separate transitional provisions for each standard. The Group has adopted the relevant 2009 amendments as detailed on 
page 57. 

The Group has not yet adopted the following relevant 2010 amendments although they are not expected to impact on the financial position or 
performance of the Group. The improvements can be summarised as follows: 

IFRS 3 Business Combinations:  The  measurement  options  for  non-controlling  interests  resulting  from  a  business  combination  have  been 
limited.  Further,  acquisition  related  costs  are  required  to  be  expensed  and  not  included  in  the  purchase  price  and  contingent  consideration 
should be recognised at fair value on the acquisition date. 

IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures: The amendment includes multiple clarifications related to the disclosure of financial instruments. 

IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements: Any future partial disposal of an equity interest in a subsidiary that does not result in 
a loss of control will be accounted for as an equity transaction and will have no impact on goodwill, nor will it give rise to any gain or loss. 
Where there is loss of control of a subsidiary, any retained interest will have to be re-measured to fair value, which will impact the gain or loss 
recognised on disposal. 

 
 
 
 
 
67 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

3. Segment information 

The Group reports its segments in the way it internally manages its business as follows: 

27 March 2011 

External revenue 

Revenue between segments  

Total segment revenue 

Operating profit before exceptional items 

Modernisation costs – operating exceptional items 
Operating (loss)/profit after modernisation costs 
before other operating exceptional items 

Other operating exceptional items 

Operating (loss)/profit 

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Profit on disposal of associate company 

UK operations 

UK Letters & 
Parcels and 
International 

Post 
Office 
Limited 

£m 

6,857 

28 

£m 

776 

345 

Other 

Total 

£m 

381 

£m 

7,671 

142 

515 

Other 
European 
operations 

General 
Logistics 
Systems 

£m 

1,485 

- 

6,885 

1,121 

180 

8,186 

1,485 

72 

(192) 

(120) 

(48) 

(168) 

60 

- 

36 

(15) 

21 

(40) 

(19) 

5 

- 

20 

128 

- 

(207) 

20 

- 

(79) 

(88) 

20 

(167) 

- 

44 

65 

44 

118 

- 

118 

- 

118 

- 

- 

Total 

£m 

9,156 

515 

9,671 

246 

(207) 

39 

(88) 

(49) 

65 

44 

(Loss)/profit before financing and taxation  
1  The ‘Other’  segments’ external revenue  comprises  £37m  (2010 £45m)  relating  to  the  provision  of  facilities  management  services  by  Romec 

(108) 

(14) 

(58) 

118 

64 

60 

Limited and £1m (2010 £1m) for building engineering services provided by NDC 2000 Limited. 

Finance costs of £114m (2010 £98m), finance income of £69m (2010 £47m) and net pensions interest of £167m (2010 £329m) when added to 
the profit before financing and taxation of £60m (2010 £118m) reconciles to the Group loss before taxation of £152m (2010 £262m). 

There is no single customer for which revenues from transactions amount to 10% or more of the total revenues earned in the current period or 
in the prior period. 

Pages 19 to 26 confirm the activities of the major business segments. 

28 March 2010 – Restated for internal organisation structure change in 2010-11 

UK Letters & 
Parcels and 
International 

£m 

6,978 

29 

UK operations 
Post 
Office 
Limited 

£m 

838 

343 

External revenue 

Revenue between segments  

Total segment revenue 

7,007 

1,181 

Operating profit before exceptional items 

Exceptional items - modernisation 
Operating profit after modernisation costs before 
other operating exceptional items 

Other operating exceptional items 

Operating profit/(loss) 

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Profit/(loss) before financing and taxation  

205 

(185) 

20 

5 

25 

2 

27 

72 

(39) 

33 

(72) 

(39) 

3 

(36) 

Other 
European 
operations 

General 
Logistics 
Systems 

£m 

1,487 

- 

1,487 

112 

- 

112 

- 

112 

- 

112 

Other 

£m 

461 

145 

191 

15 

- 

15 

- 

15 

- 

15 

Total 

£m 

7,862 

517 

8,379 

292 

(224) 

68 

(67) 

1 

5 

6 

Total 

£m 

9,349 

517 

9,866 

404 

(224) 

180 

(67) 

113 

5 

118 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
68 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

3. Segment information (continued) 

The following amounts are included within operating profit before exceptional items: 

27 March 2011 

Depreciation  

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Share of post tax (loss)/profit from joint ventures and associates 

28 March 2010 

Depreciation  

Amortisation 

Share of post tax profit from joint ventures and associates 

UK operations 

UK Letters & 
Parcels and 
International 
£m 

Post 
Office 

Limited  Other Total 
£m £m 

£m 

223 

29 

(1) 

- 

- 

25 

- 223 

-

4

29 

28 

UK operations 

UK Letters & 
Parcels and 
International 
£m 

Post 
Office 

Limited  Other 

£m 

£m 

217 

25 

3 

- 

- 

- 

- 

27 

11 

Total 
£m 

217 

25 

41 

4. People information 

(a) 

People costs excluding ColleagueShare and restructuring costs 

Wages and salaries 

Pensions 

Social security 

Subpostmasters 

Temporary resource 

Other 
European 
operations 

General 
Logistics 
Systems 
£m 

27 

7 

- 

Other 
European 
operations 

General 
Logistics 
Systems 
£m 

29 

7 

- 

2011 
£000 

4,398 

458 

304 

475 

82 

Total 
£m 

250 

36 

28 

Total 
£m 

246 

32 

41 

2010 
£000 

4,439 

441 

300 

480 

86 

5,717 

5,746 

(b) 

People numbers 

The number of people employed, calculated on a headcount basis, were: 

UK Letters & Parcels and International 

Post Office Limited 

UK wholly owned subsidiaries 

UK partially owned subsidiaries 

General Logistics Systems  

Group total 

Period end employees 

Average employees 

2011 

155,181 

7,782 

162,963 

4,254 

13,167 

2010 

160,291 

8,209 

168,500 

4,217 

12,885 

2011 

2010 

157,317 

162,907 

8,066 

8,576 

165,383 

171,483 

4,244 

13,120 

4,199 

12,917 

180,384 

185,602 

182,747 

188,599 

The number of subpostmasters employed at the period end were: 

Total 

2011 

8,283 

2010 

8,448 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
69 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

4. People information (continued) 

(c) 

Directors’ emoluments 

Directors’ emoluments 

Amounts earned under Long-Term Incentive Plans 

Number of Directors accruing benefits under defined benefit schemes 

2011 
£000 

2,714 

- 

2 

The Directors’ Remuneration Report discloses full details of Directors’ emoluments and can be found on pages 45 to 48. 

5. Operating costs 
Operating profit before exceptional items is stated after charging: 

(a) 
Pensions charge (note 26): 

Cash 

Non-cash 

(b) 

Distribution and conveyance operating costs: 

Operating lease charges on vehicles 

Other distribution and conveyance  

(c) 

Depreciation and amortisation: 

Depreciation of owned property, plant and equipment 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment under finance lease and hire purchase contracts 

Total depreciation (note 10) 

Amortisation of intangible assets (note 13) 

Operating lease charges on property, plant and equipment (excluding vehicles); 

Minimum lease rentals payable 

Lease rentals receivable 

Property, facilities and maintenance costs 

Computers and telephones costs 

Consultancy, marketing and legal fees 

Bureau de Change foreign currency exchange losses 

Regulatory body costs: 

Postcomm 

Consumer Focus 

6. Auditor’s remuneration 

Audit of statutory financial statements 

Other fees to the auditor: 

Statutory audits for subsidiaries 

Other services supplied pursuant to such legislation 

Taxation services 

Other services  

Total  

2010 
£000 

3,035 

2,626 

2 

2010 
£m 

441 

526 

(85) 

1,579 

30 

1,549 

278 

210 

36 

246 

32 

215 

220 

(5) 

308 

247 

178 

- 

14 

11 

3 

2010 
£000 

597 

1,427 

329 

121 

46 

2011 
£m 

458 

442 

16 

1,619 

19 

1,600 

286 

205 

45 

250 

36 

222 

228 

(6) 

297 

262 

116 

1 

13 

10 

3 

2011 
£000 

597 

1,398 

442 

55 

29 

The Group paid no additional amounts in 2011 in respect of the 2010 audit (£199,000 in 2010 in respect of the 2009 audit). 

2,521 

2,520 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
70 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

7. Operating exceptional items 

The  results  for  the  year  include  a  number  of  non-recurring  or  restructuring  costs  which  fall  outside  of  the  Group’s  normal  trading  activity. 
These  are  items  which,  in  management’s  judgement,  need  to  be  disclosed  by  virtue  of  their  size  or  incidence  in  order  to  provide  greater 
visibility  of  the  underlying  results  of  the  business,  which  the  Board  believes  to  be  a  more  meaningful  indication  of  ongoing  operational 
performance. An analysis of the exceptional items included within the income statement is as follows: 

2011 

£m 

£m 

2010 

£m 

£m 

Modernisation costs: 

ColleagueShare  - ‘share’ scheme 

  - dividend 

  - business transformation 

Restructuring costs: 

Provision for restructuring (note 21) 

Other restructuring costs 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment (note 10) 

Total modernisation costs 

Other operating exceptional costs: 

Provision for potential industrial claims 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment (note 10) 

Impairment of intangible assets (note 13) 

Impairment of investment in associate company (note 15) 

Other exceptional items 

Total operating exceptional items 

109 

1 

(41) 

(256) 

(8) 

(30) 

(29) 

(12) 

(2) 

(15) 

28 

(72) 

- 

69 

(44) 

(264) 

(12) 

(207) 

(180) 

- 

(224) 

(177) 

(3) 

- 

(58) 

(18) 

- 

9 

(88) 

(295) 

(67) 

(291) 

The  £109m  release  (2010  £28m  release)  for  the  ‘share’  scheme  and  the  £1m  release  (2010  £72m  charge)  for  the  dividend  reflects  the 
decrease in estimated liability in respect of ColleagueShares as at the balance sheet date (note 21). The £41m charge (2010 £nil) relates to 
ColleagueShare  payments  that  are  now  linked  to  the  achievement  of  key  modernisation  milestones  as  part  of  the  pay  deal  with  the 
Communication Workers Union. 

The  £256m  (2010  £178m)  restructuring  charge  in  provisions  is  in  respect  of  redundancy  costs  of  £237m  (2010  £167m)  resulting  mainly 
from operational efficiency initiatives in UKLPI and Post Office Limited. Other Group restructuring exceptional charges of £19m (2010 £11m) 
were incurred during the year. These were mainly in respect of onerous property lease obligations. 

Other restructuring costs of £8m (2010 £3m) refer to employees’ excess travel expenses associated with modernisation of the business.  

The £12m (2010 £nil) impairment included within modernisation costs relates to the derecognition of plant and equipment £10m and building 
fit-out £2m as a result of business transformation. 

Material costs of litigation requiring separate disclosure due to size and incidence amounted to £30m. A provision was raised to meet these 
costs of potential industrial claims. 

Other impairments of £43m (2010 £76m) relate to Post Office Limited comprising £29m (2010 £57m) property, plant and equipment and 
£11m (2010 £15m) intangible assets, iRed Partnership Limited (iRed) comprising £nil (2010 £1m) property, plant and equipment and £1m 
(2010 £3m) intangible assets and a further £2m charge (2010 £nil) in relation to impairment of the carrying value of the investment in an 
associate company. Due to ongoing losses, the carrying values of asset purchases made by Post Office Limited and iRed during the year have 
been impaired to their recoverable amount.  

Other  exceptional  items  charged  of  £15m  (2010  net  £9m  accrual  release  in  respect  of  professional  fees)  were  in  respect  of  State  Aid  and 
Postal Services Bill related costs. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
71 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

8. Net finance costs 

The following analysis excludes net pensions interest. 

Unwinding of discount relating to ColleagueShare scheme 

Interest payable on financial liabilities carried at amortised cost 

Finance costs 

Interest received on available for sale financial assets 

Interest received on loans and receivables financial assets 

Finance income 

Net finance costs (excluding net pensions interest) 

2011 
£m 

(7) 

(107) 

(114) 

60 

9 

69 

(45) 

2010 
£m 

(9) 

(89) 

(98) 

42 

5 

47 

(51) 

The  finance  costs  of  £114m  (2010  £98m)  include  £13m  (2010  £7m)  in  respect  of  finance  charges  payable  under  finance  lease  and  hire 
purchase contracts. 

The finance income of £69m (2010 £47m) includes gains of £6m (2010 £nil) on available for sale financial assets which were released from 
equity and recognised in the income statement for the year. 

9. Income tax 

The major components of the income tax charge for the years ended 27 March 2011 and 28 March 2010 are: 

2011 
£m 

2010 
£m 

Tax charged in the income statement 

Current income tax: 

Current UK income tax credit 

Foreign tax 

Adjustments in respect of current income tax of previous years 

Deferred income tax: 

Relating to origination and reversal of temporary differences 

Income tax charge reported in the income statement 

Tax charged to equity 

Income tax related to items charged or credited directly to equity: 

Deferred income tax charge related to actuarial movements in the pension deficit 

Deferred income tax charge related to movements in hedging reserve 

Current income tax charge for fair value adjustments on financial assets investments 

Income tax charge reported in equity 

Total taxation charge 

Current income tax charge 

Deferred income tax charge 

Total income tax charge reported 

(16) 

35 

(1) 

18 

88 

106 

- 

4 

5 

9 

23 

92 

115 

(24) 

31 

(3) 

4 

54 

58 

4 

5 

10 

19 

14 

63 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
72 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

9. Income tax (continued) 
A reconciliation between the tax charges and the product of accounting loss multiplied by the UK rate of Corporation Tax for the years ended
27 March 2011 and 28 March 2010 is as follows: 

Loss before taxation 

At UK standard rate of Corporation Tax of 28%  

Overseas current tax rates 

Tax over-provided in prior years 

Non-taxable income 

Non-deductible expenses 

Associates’/joint ventures’ profit after tax charge included in Group pre-tax profit 

Net increase in tax charge resulting from derecognition of deferred tax assets 

Profit from asset disposals eligible for relief 

Other   

Tax charge in the income statement 

Effective income tax rate  

2011 
£m 

(152) 

(43) 

(3) 

(1) 

(12) 

15 

(8) 

192 

(28) 

(6) 

106 

- 

2010 
£m 

(262) 

(73) 

(2) 

(3) 

(6) 

16 

(11) 

149 

(2) 

(10) 

58 

- 

Deferred tax relates to the following: 

Balance sheet 

Income statement 

Liabilities 

Accelerated capital allowances 

Goodwill qualifying for tax allowances 

Gross deferred tax liabilities 

Assets  

Deferred capital allowances 

Provisions and other 

Pensions temporary differences 

Losses available for offset against future taxable income 

Hedging derivatives temporary differences 

Goodwill qualifying for tax allowances 

Gross deferred tax assets 

Net deferred tax (liability)/asset 

Consolidated income statement 

2011 
£m 

2010 
£m 

2011 
£m 

- 

(5) 

8 

(29) 

(2) 

(62) 

2 

- 

(1) 

(9) 

(10) 

9 

1 

- 

6 

(8) 

- 

8 

(2) 

(1) 

(4) 

(5) 

1 

30 

2 

68 

(6) 

- 

95 

90 

2010 
£m 

- 

(4) 

(103) 

(6) 

(2) 

65 

(1) 

(3) 

(88) 

(54) 

The  Group  has  unrecognised  deferred  tax  assets  of  £2,017m  (2010  £2,847m),  comprising  £1,218m  (2010  £2,253m)  relating  to  the 
retirement benefit obligation, £452m (2010 £360m) relating mainly to fixed asset timing differences, and £347m (2010 £234m) relating to 
tax losses in subsidiaries that are available to offset against future taxable profits. The Group has capital losses carried forward, the tax effect 
of which is £15m (2010 £24m) and temporary differences related to capital losses of £91m (2010 £107m). The Group has rolled over capital 
gains of £61m (2010 £73m); no tax liability would be expected to crystallise should the assets into which the gains have been rolled be sold at 
their residual value, as it is anticipated that a capital loss would arise.  

Finance  (No  2)  Act  2010  reduced  the  main  rate  of  corporation  tax  to  27%  with  effect  from  1  April  2011.  The  effect  of  this  change  on 
unrecognised deferred tax is included in these accounts and is detailed above. In March 2011 the Chancellor of the Exchequer announced that 
the main rate of corporation tax will be 26% for the year commencing 1 April 2011 and that there will be successive annual one percentage 
point  reductions  until  the  rate  reaches  23%  with  effect  from  1  April  2014.  However,  in  accordance  with  accounting  standards  the  effect  of 
these  rate  reductions  on  deferred  tax  balances  has  not  been  reflected  in  these  accounts  due  to  the  relevant  legislation  not  having  been 
substantively  enacted  at  the  balance  sheet  date.  A  reduction  to  23%  would,  based  on  losses  and  temporary  differences  at  27  March  2011, 
reduce the Group’s unrecognised deferred tax assets by £296m. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
73 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

9. Income tax (continued) 
The taxation of foreign profits rules were enacted in Finance Act 2009. Under the foreign profits rules, a dividend exemption was introduced 
which largely exempts dividends received on or after 1 July 2009 from UK corporation tax. The Group has applied this legislation in arriving at 
its UK tax results for the accounting period ended 27 March 2011 and 28 March 2010. 

At 27 March 2011, there was no recognised or unrecognised deferred income tax liability (2010 £nil) for taxes that would be payable on the 
unremitted  earnings  of  certain  of  the  Group’s  subsidiaries,  associates  or  joint  ventures,  as  the  Group  has  no  liability  to  additional  taxation 
should such amounts be remitted due to the availability of exemptions and other reliefs, including the UK dividend exemption. 

10. Property, plant and equipment 

Cost 

At 29 March 2010 

Exchange rate movements 

Reclassification 

Additions 

Disposals 

Reclassification to non-current assets held for 
sale (note 16) 

At 27 March 2011 

Depreciation and impairment 

At 29 March 2010 

Exchange rate movements 

Reclassification 

Depreciation (note 5) 

Impairment (note 7) 

Disposals  

Reclassification to non-current assets held for 
sale (note 16) 

At 27 March 2011 

Net book value 

At 27 March 2011 

At 29 March 2010 

(5) 

(75) 

74 

(109) 

(12) 

1,592 

891 

(1) 

(40) 

44 

- 

(21) 

(10) 

863 

729 

828 

Land and buildings 
Long 
leasehold 
£m 

Short 
leasehold 
£m 

Freehold 
£m 

Plant and 
machinery 
£m 

Motor 
vehicles 
£m 

Fixtures and 
equipment 
£m 

Total 
£m 

1,719 

267 

601 

1,143 

- 

(4) 

19 

(5) 

- 

277 

- 

79 

17 

(4) 

- 

693 

(2) 

(2) 

85 

(42) 

- 

1,182 

460 

(1) 

3 

44 

(34) 

- 

472 

964 

5,154 

(1) 

(1) 

52 

(6) 

(9) 

- 

291 

(200) 

- 

(12) 

1,008 

5,224 

166 

387 

682 

233 

860 

3,219 

- 

(3) 

7 

- 

(1) 

- 

169 

108 

101 

- 

42 

38 

7 

(4) 

- 

470 

223 

214 

(2) 

- 

74 

10 

(42) 

- 

722 

460 

461 

- 

1 

53 

1 

(30) 

- 

258 

214 

227 

(1) 

- 

34 

23 

(6) 

(4) 

- 

250 

41 

(104) 

- 

(10) 

910 

3,392 

98 

1,832 

104 

1,935 

Depreciation  rates  are  disclosed  within  accounting  policies  (note  2).  No  depreciation  is  provided  on  freehold  land,  which  represents  £190m 
(2010  £205m)  of  the  total  cost  of  properties.  The  net  book  value  of  the  Group’s  property,  plant  and  equipment  held  under  hire  purchase 
contracts and finance leases amounts to £262m (2010 £176m) comprising £152m (2010 £157m) vehicles, £88m (2010 £13m) plant and 
machinery and £22m (2010 £6m) land and buildings. The net book value of the Group’s property, plant and equipment includes £150m (2010 
£197m)  in  respect  of  assets  in  the  course  of  construction.  The  net  book  value  of  the  Group’s  land  and  buildings  includes  £383m  (2010 
£409m) in respect of building fit-out.  

The £291m (2010 £370m) additions do not include any borrowing costs capitalised in relation to specific qualifying assets (2010 £nil). 

On 24 March 2011 an agreement was implemented to substitute £102m pension escrow financial investments with mortgages against certain 
property assets. The carrying value of these property assets of £33m is included within the £729m freehold land and buildings total above. 
The fair value of these property assets, based on a residual cashflow analysis*, exceeds their carrying value by £124m. 

*A residual cashflow analysis determines a price that could be paid for the property given the expected ‘as if complete’ value of the proposed 
development and the total cost of the proposed development, allowing for market level profit margins and having due regard to the known 
characteristics of the property and the inherent risk involved in its development. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
74 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

10. Property, plant and equipment (continued) 

Land and buildings 
Long 
leasehold 
£m 

Short 
leasehold 
£m 

Freehold 
£m 

Plant and 
machinery 
£m 

Motor 
 vehicles 
£m 

Fixtures and 
equipment 
£m 

Total 
£m 

1,669 

263 

549 

1,104 

(6) 

(12) 

93 

1 

(8) 

- 

1 

4 

- 

- 

11 

55 

- 

(1) 

(14) 

(5) 

(11) 

71 

- 

(16) 

(18) 

1,719 

- 

267 

- 

601 

- 

1,143 

851 

158 

338 

642 

(2) 

- 

52 

11 

(7) 

(14) 

891 

828 

818 

- 

- 

7 

2 

- 

- 

35 

28 

(1) 

(14) 

- 

166 

101 

105 

- 

387 

214 

211 

(3) 

(6) 

63 

1 

(15) 

- 

682 

461 

462 

Cost 

At 30 March 2009 

Exchange rate movements 

Reclassification 

Additions 

Acquisition of businesses 

Disposals 

Reclassification to non-current assets held for sale 
(note 16) 

At 28 March 2010 

Depreciation and impairment 

At 30 March 2009 

Exchange rate movements 

Reclassification 

Depreciation (note 5) 

Impairment (note 7) 

Disposals  

Reclassification to non-current assets held for sale 
(note 16) 

At 28 March 2010 

Net book value 

At 28 March 2010 

At 30 March 2009 

11. Leasehold land payment 

Net book value 

At 29 March 2010 and 30 March 2009 

Amortisation 

At 27 March 2011 and 28 March 2010  

390 

(1) 

13 

101 

- 

(43) 

- 

460 

205 

(1) 

6 

57 

5 

(39) 

- 

233 

227 

185 

947 

4,922 

(3) 

(2) 

46 

- 

(24) 

- 

964 

(15) 

- 

370 

1 

(106) 

(18) 

5,154 

842 

3,036 

(2) 

- 

32 

11 

(23) 

- 

860 

104 

105 

(8) 

- 

246 

58 

(99) 

(14) 

3,219 

1,935 

1,886 

2011 
£m 

2010 
£m 

4 

(1) 

3 

4 

- 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
75 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

12. Goodwill 

Cost 

At 29 March 2010 and 30 March 2009 

Exchange rate movements 

Acquisition of businesses  

At 27 March 2011 and 28 March 2010  

Impairment  

At 29 March 2010 and 30 March 2009 

Exchange rate movements 

At 27 March 2011 and 28 March 2010 

Net book value 

At 27 March 2011 and 28 March 2010 

At 28 March 2010 and 29 March 2009 

2011 
£m 

2010 
£m 

636 

(11) 

3 

628 

439 

(8) 

431 

197 

197 

663 

(27) 

- 

636 

457 

(18) 

439 

197 

206 

The carrying value of goodwill arising on business combinations of £197m (2010 £197m) at the balance sheet date includes £195m (2010 
£195m) relating to the General Logistics Systems (GLS) business segment. In line with the accounting policy (see note 2), this goodwill has 
been reviewed for impairment. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the carrying value of an asset or cash generating 
unit exceeds the recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of net realisable value and value in use. The carrying value of GLS, 
excluding  interest  bearing  and  tax  related  assets  and  liabilities,  is  £450m  (2010  £456m)  at  year  end  and  the  operating  profit  before 
exceptional items is £118m (2010 £112m) for the year (note 3). The carrying value represents a multiple of 3.8 (2010 4.1) on operating profit 
before exceptional items. The net realisable value of GLS, for the purposes of the impairment review (i.e. the ‘fair value less costs to sell’), has 
been assessed with reference to earnings multiples for quoted entities in a similar sector. On this basis, the net realisable value of GLS has 
been assessed to be in excess of the carrying value. No reasonable possible change in the earnings multiples referenced would reduce the net 
realisable value to below the carrying value. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
76 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

13. Intangible assets 

2011 

2010 

Master 
franchise 
licences 
£m 

Customer 
listings 
£m 

Software 
£m 

Total 
£m 

Master 
franchise 
licences 
£m 

Customer 
listings 
£m 

Software 
£m 

Total 
£m 

Cost 

At 29 March 2010 and 30 March 2009 

24 

27 

325 

376 

25 

28 

255 

Additions 

Disposals 

Acquisition of businesses 

Exchange rate movements 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

2 

- 

73 

(16) 

- 

- 

73 

(16) 

2 

- 

At 27 March 2011 and 28 March 2010 

24 

29 

382 

435 

Amortisation and impairment 

At 29 March 2010 and 30 March 2009 

22 

22 

233 

277 

Impairment (note 7) 

Amortisation 

Disposals 

Exchange rate movements 

- 

2 

- 

- 

- 

3 

- 

- 

12 

31 

12 

36 

(16) 

(16) 

- 

- 

At 27 March 2011 and 28 March 2010 

24 

25 

260 

309 

Net book value 

At 27 March 2011 and 28 March 2010 

At 29 March 2010 and 30 March 2009 

- 

2 

4 

5 

122 

92 

126 

99 

- 

- 

- 

(1) 

24 

22 

- 

1 

- 

(1) 

22 

2 

3 

308 

71 

(1) 

- 

(2) 

71 

(1) 

- 

- 

325 

376 

- 

- 

- 

(1) 

27 

19 

189 

230 

- 

4 

- 

(1) 

22 

5 

9 

18 

27 

(1) 

- 

18 

32 

(1) 

(2) 

233 

277 

92 

66 

99 

78 

The intangible assets recognised in the Group’s balance sheet, none of which have been internally generated, have finite lives and are being 
written down on a straight-line basis. 

The  amortisation  charge  of  £36m  (2010  £32m)  relating  to  intangible  assets  is  aggregated  within  ‘other  operating  costs’  in  the  income 
statement and disclosed in note 5. Details of the impairment are disclosed in note 7. 

The £73m (2010 £71m) additions include £1m (2010 £0.2m) borrowing costs capitalised in relation to specific qualifying assets. 

14. Business combinations 

The acquisitions during the current or prior years are not material and therefore the following disclosures are made on an aggregated basis. 
The table below sets out the identifiable assets and liabilities that were acquired at their fair values to the Group as at the date of acquisition. 

Tangible assets acquired 

Intangible assets recognised on acquisition 

Goodwill recognised on acquisition 

Total cost recognised 

Gross consideration 

Less deferred consideration 

Net cash outflow 

Fair value 
Total 
2011 
£m 

- 

2 

3 

5 

5 

(3) 

2 

The  General  Logistics  Systems  (GLS)  subsidiary  acquired  Reggio  Emilia  and  North  Turin  franchise  area  businesses  in  Italy  on  1  September 
2010  and  1  March  2011  respectively.  If  these  combinations  had  taken  place  at  the  beginning  of  the  financial  year,  Group  revenue  from 
continuing operations would have been £9,161m. The goodwill of £2m and £1m respectively, arising on these acquisitions is indicative of the 
relative quality of the acquired entities. 

Combined profits of the acquired entities since their respective acquisition dates and if they had been acquired at the beginning of the financial 
year are not material in the context of the Group’s profit after tax. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
77 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

15. Investments in joint ventures and associates 

Joint ventures 

During 2010–11 and 2009-10, the Group’s only joint venture investment was a 50% interest in First Rate Exchange Services Holdings Limited, 
whose principal activity is the provision of Bureau de Change.  

Associates 

Details  of  the  Group’s  2010-11  and  2009-10  associate  investments  are  provided  in  note  29.  The  reporting  dates  for  these  investments  is    
31  March  2011  except  for  Quadrant  Catering  Limited  (30  September  2010)  and  G3  Worldwide  Mail  N.V.  (Spring)  (31  December  2010). 
Estimates of the profits of Quadrant Catering Limited and G3 Worldwide Mail N.V. (Spring), from their reporting date to 27 March 2011 (and 
28  March  2010  for  the  prior  year),  have  been  included  to  ensure  that  the  reported  share  of  profits  of  associates  aligns  with  the  Group’s 
financial year. There are no significant restrictions on the ability of associates to transfer funds to the Group in the form of cash dividends, 
repayment of loans or advances. 

Joint ventures 

Share of net assets 

Goodwill 

Net investments 

Associates 

Share of net assets  

Goodwill  

Net investments 

Share of post 
tax pre 
dividend 
profit 
£m 

At 29 
March 
2010 
£m 

74 

1 

75 

61 

11 

72 

28 

- 

28 

- 

- 

- 

Impairment 
£m 

Disposal 
£m 

Dividend 
£m 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(2) 

(2) 

- 

- 

- 

(20) 

(9) 

(29) 

Total net investments in joint ventures/associates 
During the year the Group disposed of its 20% shareholding in Camelot Group plc and Camelot Global Services Limited.  

147 

(29) 

28 

(2) 

The goodwill impairment relates to the Group’s investment in the G3 Worldwide Mail N.V. (Spring) associate company. 

At 30 
March 
2009 
£m 

Share of post 
tax pre 
dividend 
profit 
£m 

Reclassification 
£m 

Dividend 
£m 

Joint ventures 

Share of net assets 

Goodwill 

Net investments 

Associates 

Share of net assets  

Goodwill  

Net investments 

Total net investments in joint ventures/associates 

71 

1 

72 

60 

9 

69 

141 

32 

- 

32 

9 

- 

9 

41 

- 

- 

- 

(2) 

2 

- 

- 

The reclassification above relates to the increased shareholding in G3 Worldwide Mail N.V. (Spring). 

(30) 

- 

(30) 

(9) 

- 

(9) 

(39) 

(29) 

- 

(29) 

(6) 

- 

(6) 

At 27 
March 
2011 
£m 

72 

1 

73 

32 

- 

32 

105 

At 28 
March 
2010 
£m 

74 

1 

75 

61 

11 

72 

(35) 

147 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
78 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

15. Investments in joint ventures and associates (continued) 

2011 

2010 

Joint 
ventures 
£m 

Associates 
£m 

Total 
£m 

Joint 
ventures 
£m 

Associates 
£m 

Total 
£m 

Share of assets and liabilities: 

Current assets 

Non-current assets 

Share of gross assets 

Current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Share of gross liabilities 

Share of net assets 

Share of revenue and profit: 

Revenue 

Profit after tax 

16. Non-current assets held for sale 

Net book amount 

At 29 March 2010 

Reclassification from property, plant and equipment 

Reclassification to property, plant and equipment 

Disposals 

At 27 March 2011 

150 

2 

152 

(80) 

- 

(80) 

72 

74 

28 

49 

21 

70 

(37) 

(1) 

(38) 

199 

23 

222 

(117) 

(1) 

(118) 

32 

104 

380 

- 

454 

28 

172 

3 

175 

(101) 

- 

(101) 

74 

77 

32 

123 

53 

176 

(112) 

(3) 

(115) 

61 

295 

56 

351 

(213) 

(3) 

(216) 

135 

1,206 

1,283 

9 

41 

Land and buildings 

Freehold 
£m 

Long 
leasehold 
£m 

5 

4 

(2) 

(3) 

4 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Total 
£m 

5 

4 

(2) 

(3) 

4 

The planned disposal of these property assets is as a result of the rationalisation of the Group portfolio.  

During the year a gain of £8m (2010 £2m) was recognised in the income statement in relation to the disposal of non-current assets held for 
sale. 

Net book amount 

At 30 March 2009 

Reclassification from property, plant and equipment 

Reclassification to property, plant and equipment 

Disposals 

At 28 March 2010 

17. Inventories  

Supplies and materials (uniforms, fuel, printing and stationery, mailbags, engineering spares) 

Merchandise (retail, lottery products and stamps) 

Total  

Land and buildings 

Freehold 
£m 

Long 
leasehold 
£m 

2 

5 

(1) 

(1) 

5 

1 

- 

- 

(1) 

- 

2011 
£m 

30 

8 

38 

Total 
£m 

3 

5 

(1) 

(2) 

5 

2010 
£m 

30 

8 

38 

During the year no inventory items were written off (2010 £1m). Engineering spares items are included net of a provision for impairment of 
£5m (2010 £4m). The cost of inventories recognised as an expense in the income statement is £160m (2010 restated £142m). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
79 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

18. Current trade and other receivables  

Trade receivables  

Prepayments and accrued income  

Client receivables in the Post Office Limited network 

Total 

Movements in the provision for bad and doubtful debts were as follows: 

At 29 March 2010 and 30 March 2009  

Foreign exchange rate adjustment 

Receivables provided for during the year  

Release of provision 

Utilisation of provision 

At 27 March 2011 and 28 March 2010 

The amount of trade receivables that were past due but not impaired are as follows: 

Past due not more than one month 

Past due more than one month and not more than two months 

Past due more than two months  

Total past due but not impaired 

Provided for or not yet overdue 

Provision for bad and doubtful debts 

Total trade receivables 

19. Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash in the Post Office Limited network 

Cash at bank and in hand 

Total cash at bank, in hand or in the Post Office Limited network 

Cash equivalent investments: Short-term deposits 

Total cash and cash equivalents 

2011 
£m 

853 

124 

977 

158 

1,135 

2011 
£m 

32 

- 

11 

(6) 

(11) 

26 

2011 
£m 

64 

14 

29 

107 

772 

(26) 

853 

2011 
£m 

704 

100 

804 

297 

1,101 

2010 
£m 

855 

151 

1,006 

149 

1,155 

2010 
£m 

29 

- 

17 

(7) 

(7) 

32 

2010 
£m 

90 

7 

14 

111 

776 

(32) 

855 

2010 
£m 

708 

145 

853 

84 

937 

Cash and cash equivalents comprise amounts held physically in cash, bank balances available on demand and deposits for three months or less, 
dependent  on  the  immediate  cash  requirements  of  the  Group.  Where  interest  is  earned,  this  is  either  at  floating  or  short-term  fixed  rates 
based upon bank deposit rates. The fair value of cash and cash equivalent investments is not materially different from the carrying value of 
£1,101m (2010 £937m).  

 
 
 
 
 
 
80 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

20. Financial liabilities  

Amounts falling due in: 

One year or less or on demand (current) 

More than one year (non-current) 
More than one year but not more than two 

More than two years but not more than five 

More than five years 

Total 

Loans 
and 
borrowings 
£m 

375 

1,478 

- 

601 

877 

1,853 

Finance 
lease/hire 
purchase 
contracts 
£m 

65 

193 

50 

109 

34 

258 

Derivative
liabilities 
£m 

3 

- 

- 

- 

- 

3 

2011 

Total 
£m 

443 

1,671 

50 

710 

911 

2,114 

2010 

Loans 
and 
borrowings 
£m 

Finance 
lease/hire 
purchase 
contracts 
£m 

Derivative 
liabilities 
£m 

Total 
£m 

Amounts falling due in: 

One year or less or on demand (current) 

More than one year (non-current) 

More than one year but not more than two years 

More than two years but not more than five years 

More than five years 

Total 

388 

1,138 

- 

301 

837 

1,526 

61 

120 

45 

73 

2 

181

17 

1 

1 

- 

- 

18 

Loans 
and 
borrowings 
£m 

Further 
committed 
facility 

£m 

BIS loans to Royal 
Mail Group Ltd 
BIS loans to Post 
Office Limited 

Committed facilities 
Miscellaneous loans 
and borrowings in 
subsidiaries 

Total 

1,477 

375 

1,852 

1 

1,853 

300 

775 

1,075 

- 

1,075 

Average 
interest rate
of loan 
drawn down
% 

6.3 

0.8 

4.5 

Total 
facility
£m 

1,777 

1,150 

2,927 

1 

2,928 

BIS loans to Royal Mail Group Ltd 

BIS loans to Post Office Limited 

Committed facilities 

Miscellaneous loans and borrowings in subsidiaries 

Total 

Loans 
and 
borrowings 
£m 

Further 
committed 
facility 
£m 

1,177

343

1,520

6 

1,526

560

807

1,367

- 

1,367

Average 
interest rate 
of loan 
drawn down 
% 

6.6 

0.8 

2.2 

Total 
facility 
£m 

1,737

1,150

2,887

6 

2,893

466 

1,259 

46 

374 

839 

1,725 

2011 
Average 
maturity 
date 
of loan 
drawn down
year 

2017 

2011 

2012 

2010

Average 
maturity 
date 
of loan 
drawn down 
year 

2018

2010

2011

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
81 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

20. Financial liabilities (continued) 

The miscellaneous loans and borrowings in subsidiaries are either unsecured or secured on various assets (mainly property) of the overseas 
subsidiaries. The loans are repayable in variable and fixed amounts over their maturity periods. 

The obligations under finance leases and hire purchase contracts are either unsecured or secured on the leased assets. These are repayable in 
variable and fixed amounts over their maturity periods. The average interest rate is 5% (2010 5%). The average maturity date is more than five 
years (2010 within two to three years). 

The undrawn committed facilities, in respect of which all conditions precedent had been met at the balance sheet date, expire as follows: 

Expiring in one year or less 

Expiring in more than one year, but not more than two years 

Expiring in more than two years 

Total 

The following securities apply to the Group’s committed facilities: 

2011 

£m 

- 

775 

300 

1,075 

2010 

£m 

- 

807 

560 

1,367 

Royal Mail Group Ltd senior 
debt facility 

Royal Mail Group Ltd 
shareholder loan facility 

Royal Mail Group Ltd other 
drawn down loans 

2011 

2010 

£m 
900 

£m 
900  Fixed charges over Royal Mail Holdings plc’s shares in Royal Mail Group Ltd and Royal Mail 

Security 

Group Ltd’s shares in Royal Mail Estates Limited. Floating charges over all assets of Royal Mail 
Holdings plc, Royal Mail Group Ltd and Royal Mail Estates Limited excluding certain Group 
properties over which mortgages are held as security to the Royal Mail Pension Plan 

377 

337  None 

500 

500  Fixed charges over any Royal Mail Group Ltd loans to General Logistics Systems B.V., any Royal 

Mail Group Ltd loans to subsidiaries of General Logistics Systems B.V. and Royal Mail 
Investments Limited’s shares in General Logistics Systems B.V. Floating charge over non-
regulated assets of Royal Mail Group Ltd 

1,777 

1,737 

Post Office Limited facility 

1,150 

1,150  Floating charge over all assets of Post Office Limited and a negative pledge* over cash and near 

Total 

2,927 

2,887 

cash items 

*The negative pledge is an agreement not to grant security over these assets or to set up a vehicle that has the same effect. 

The Royal Mail Group Ltd shareholder loan increased by £40m (2010 £37m) as a result of accrued interest added to the loan balance. 

The Post Office Limited facility of £1,150m is currently restricted to funding the cash and near cash items held within the Post Office Limited 
network.  

The BIS loans to Post Office Limited under the facility are short dated on a programme of liquidity management and mature on average 1 day 
after the year end (2010 1 day). On maturity it is expected that further loans will be drawn down under this facility, which expires in 2012.  

The security in place in the previous year was as disclosed above – with the exception of the £102m mortgages over certain Group properties 
which were completed in March 2011.  

The BIS loans to Royal Mail Group Ltd and Post Office Limited become repayable immediately on the occurrence of an event of default under 
the  loan  agreements.  These  events  of  default  include  non-payment,  insolvency  and  breach  of  covenant  relating  to  interest  and  total 
indebtedness. It is not anticipated that the Company is at risk of breaching any of these obligations, except as discussed in note 2.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

21. Provisions for liabilities and charges 

At 28 March 2010 

Arising during the year: 

- charged in operating exceptional items 

- charged in other operating costs 

Unused amounts reversed 

Utilised in the year 

Discount rate adjustment 

At 27 March 2011 

Disclosed as: 

Current at 27 March 2011 

Non-current at 27 March 2011 

Current at 28 March 2010 

Non-current at 28 March 2010 

Exceptional 

Restructuring 
and other 
costs 

ColleagueShare 

Other 

£m 

114 

299 

- 

(13) 

(181) 

2 

221 

141 

80 

221 

88 

26 

114 

£m 

108 

- 

- 

(109) 

(4) 

7 

2 

2 

- 

2 

- 

108 

108 

£m 

54 

- 

25 

(7) 

(17) 

- 

55 

38 

17 

55 

42 

12 

54 

Total 

£m 

276 

299 

25 

(129) 

(202) 

9 

278 

181 

97 

278 

130 

146 

276 

Restructuring and other exceptional costs 
The  provision  for  restructuring  principally  comprises  redundancy  schemes  of  £159m  (2010  £97m).  Unused  amounts  reversed  of  £13m 
principally  relate  to  the  Heathrow  Worldwide  Distribution  Centre  (HWDC)  project  where  a  change  in  business  strategy  has  resulted  in  it  no 
longer being probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the Group’s obligations. The HWDC strategy has been superseded 
by the London Mail Centre Review, a new strategy developed in the current year requiring a new provision to be raised for £34m.  

A further £32m relates to onerous property and commercial contracts associated with restructuring projects and £30m relating to the costs of 
potential industrial claims. 

The timing of cash flows for such provisions is by its nature uncertain and dependent upon the outcome of related events. 

ColleagueShare 
Royal  Mail  operates  a  ‘share’  scheme  referred  to  as  ColleagueShare.  This  is  a  five-year  scheme  running  to  March  2012.  The  provision  at       
27 March 2011 of £2m (2010 £108m) represents the potential liability for the financial years up to 2011-12.  

Other  
Other provisions of £55m (2010 £54m) are those recognised principally for the expected liabilities arising from property exits in the normal 
course  of  business.  These  principally  comprise  onerous  lease  obligations  and  decommissioning  costs.  Other  provision  amounts  arise  from 
estimated  exposures  resulting  from  legal  claims  incurred  in  the  normal  course  of  business.  ‘Other’  provision  amounts  are  expected  to  be 
utilised in 2011-12, with the remainder within 2 to 3 years, except £5m onerous property contracts expected to be utilised within 3 to 5 years, 
and a further £2m expected to be utilised over a period greater than 5 years. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
83 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

22. Current trade and other payables 

Trade payables and accruals  

Advance customer payments 

Social security  

Deferred consideration on business combinations 

Client payables in the Post Office Limited network 

Amounts due to pension schemes relating to redundancies 

Interest 

Capital payables 

ColleagueShare accrual 

Total 

2011 
£m 

1,179 

307 

95 

1,581 

2 

314 

12 

2 

50 

- 

1,961 

2010 
£m 

1,179 

299 

95 

1,573 

- 

313 

6 

2 

108 

74 

2,076 

The Group, through Post Office Limited, receives and disburses cash on behalf of Government agencies and other clients to customers through 
its Post Office branch network. Amounts owed to these parties are separately shown as client payables above. The level of cash held and the 
related payables can vary significantly at each balance sheet date.  

The change in the carrying value of the discounted element of the payable balance due to the passage of time is not material. 

Capital payables represent liabilities outstanding in relation to the acquisition of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. 

23. Non-current other payables  

Lease incentives 

Other payables  

Deferred consideration on business combinations 

Total 

24. Financial risk management objectives and policies 

2011 
£m 

24 

9 

1 

34 

2010 
£m 

22 

21 

- 

43 

The  Group’s  principal  financial  instruments,  other  than  derivatives,  comprise  short-term  deposits,  money  market  liquidity  investments, 
Government gilt edged securities, loans, finance leases and hire purchase contracts and cash. The main purposes of these financial instruments 
are  to  raise  finance  and  manage  the  liquidity  needs  of  the  business  operations.  The  Group  has  various  other  financial  instruments  such  as 
trade receivables and trade payables, which arise directly from operations. 

The  Group  enters  into  derivative  transactions,  principally  commodity  swaps  and  forward  currency  contracts.  The  purpose  is  to  manage  the 
commodity and currency risks arising from the Group’s operations. 

It  is,  and  has  been  throughout  the  year  under  review,  the  Group’s  policy  that  no  speculative  trading  in  financial  instruments  shall  be 
undertaken. 

The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are interest rate risk, liquidity risk, foreign currency risk, commodity price and 
credit risk. The Board reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks and they are summarised below. 

Interest rate risk 
The Group’s exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates to the Group’s debt obligations and interest bearing financial assets. 
The  BIS  loans  to  Royal  Mail  Group  Ltd  of  £1,477m  (2010  £1,177m)  are  a  mix  of  £600m  (2010  £nil)  variable  rate  and  £877m  (2010 
£1,177m)  fixed  interest  rate  with  a  combined  average  maturity  date  of 2017  (2010  –  average  date  of  2018).  The BIS  loans  to  Post  Office 
Limited of £375m (2010 £343m) are at short-dated fixed interest rates with average maturity 1 day (2010 average 1 day). The total interest 
bearing financial assets of the group (excluding the non-current investments) of £397m (2010 £191m) are at short-dated fixed or variable 
interest rates with average maturity 5 days (2010 average 3 days). These short-dated financial instruments are maturity managed to obtain 
the best value out of the interest yield curve. 

The Group’s policy is to manage its net interest expense using an appropriate mix of fixed and variable rate financial instruments. No external 
hedging of interest rate risk is undertaken. 

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to reasonably possible changes in interest rates, with all other variables held constant, of the 
Group’s profit before taxation and equity based upon the financial instruments held at the balance sheet date. 

The effect from available for sale (whether floating or fixed rate) financial assets is calculated as the change in fair value at the balance sheet 
date and impacts equity. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
84 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

24. Financial risk management objectives and policies (continued) 

The effect from other floating rate financial instruments is calculated as the balance of the instruments multiplied by the change in interest 
rates and impacts profit before taxation. 

There is no effect on either profit before taxation or equity from other financial instruments. 

2011 

2010 

Effect on 
 profit 
before 
 taxation 
gains/(losses) 
£m 

Effect on 
 equity 
gains/(losses) 
£m 

Effect on 
 profit 
before 
taxation 
gains/(losses) 
£m 

Effect on 
 equity 
gains/(losses) 
£m 

Effect of an increase in Sterling interest rates of 100 basis points (1%) 

Effect of a decrease in Sterling interest rates of 50 basis points (0.5%) 

(3) 

2 

(143) 

84 

(1) 

1 

(149) 

90 

Foreign currency risk 
The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk due to trading with overseas postal operators for carrying UK mail abroad and delivering foreign 
origin mail in the UK, the balances held to operate the Bureau de Change services within Post Office Limited and various purchase contracts 
denominated in foreign currency. These risks are mitigated by hedging programmes managed by Group Treasury. Where possible, exposures 
are  netted  internally  and  any  remaining  exposure  is  hedged  using  a  combination  of  external  spot  and  forward  contracts.  Hedging  will  not 
normally be considered for exposures of less than £1m and hedging is normally confined to 80% of the forecast exposure where forecast cash 
flows are highly probable. 

The  Group’s  obligation  to  settle  with  overseas  postal  operators  is  denominated  in  Special  Drawing  Rights  (SDRs)  –  a  basket  of  currencies 
comprised  of  US  dollar  (US$),  Japanese  Yen,  Sterling  and  Euro.  Group  Treasury  operates  a  rolling  18-month  hedge  programme,  which  is 
subsequently reviewed on a quarterly basis. An external SDR hedge was put in place during 2010-11. 

For the Bureau de Change business, balances of major currency holdings are hedged along with minor currencies showing a closely correlated 
movement. 

The Group’s obligations to settle conveyance charges in US$ has been hedged to April 2012. 

The Group has two active hedge programmes covering obligations to settle Euro invoices on automation projects. 

The  Group  does  not  hedge  the  translation  exposure  created  by  the  net  assets  of  its  overseas  subsidiaries.  However  it  does  hedge  the 
transactional exposure created by inter-company loans with these subsidiaries. 

The table below demonstrates the sensitivity of the Group to its gross currency exposures (before hedging) together with how much the 2011-
12 operating profit before exceptional items (‘operating profit’) would differ from 2010-11 as a result of the changes to 27 March 2011 in 
exchange rates post the impact of the Group’s hedging programmes. 

The  sensitivity  analysis  is  the  impact  on  the  Group’s  operating  profit  that  would  result  from  a  movement  in  exchange  rates  (excluding  any 
hedges  in  place).  It  is  calculated  as  the  difference  between  the  operating  profit  that  would  have  been  reported  based  upon  actual  currency 
transactions and actual exchange rates during the year (but excluding the impact of any hedges in place) and the operating profit that would 
have been reported based upon actual currency transactions but with exchange rates with sterling 5% weaker. 

The impact on 2011-12 operating profit is calculated as the movement in operating profit (from actual 2010-11 operating profit) that would 
arise  on  the  actual  currency  transactions  in  2010-11  at  the  actual  hedge  rates  for  2011-12  where  hedges  are  in  place  and  the  closing 
exchange rates for 2010-11 where no hedge exists. 

The analysis below excludes the impact of changes in US$/Sterling exchange on diesel and jet fuel prices as this analysis is included in the 
commodity price risk note. 

The analysis is different from the analysis provided in last year’s financial statements (which reported the sensitivity of the Group’s financial 
instruments at the balance sheet date) as the new analysis is felt to more usefully illustrate the exposures of the Group. 

2011 

2010 

Impact on 
operating profit 
of a 
5% weakening 
of sterling 
(before hedging) 
£m gain/(loss) 

Impact of no 
further change in 
exchange rate on 
2011-12 
operating profit 
versus 2010-11 
(post hedging) 
£m gain/(loss) 

Impact on 
operating profit 
of a 
5% weakening 
of sterling 
(before hedging) 
£m gain/(loss) 

Impact of no 
further change in 
exchange rate on 
2010-11 
operating profit 
versus 2009-10 
(post hedging) 
£m gain/(loss) 

(2) 

(9) 

- 

1 

1 

(3) 

(4) 

- 

US$ 

Euro 

 
 
 
 
 
 
85 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

24. Financial risk management objectives and policies (continued) 

Commodity price risk 
The Group is exposed to fuel price risk arising from operating one of the largest vehicle fleets in Europe, which consumes over 130 million 
litres of fuel per year, and a jet fuel price risk arising from the purchasing of air freight services. The Group’s fuel risk management strategy 
aims to reduce uncertainty created by the movements in the oil and foreign currency markets. The strategy uses over-the-counter derivative 
products (in both US$ commodity price and US$/Sterling exchange rate) to manage these exposures. 

In addition, the Group is exposed to the commodity price risk of purchasing electricity and gas. The Group’s risk management strategy aims to 
reduce uncertainty created by the movements in the electricity and gas markets. These exposures are managed by locking into fixed rate price 
contracts with suppliers and using over-the-counter derivative products to manage these exposures. 

The table below demonstrates the sensitivity of the Group to it’s gross commodity price exposures (before hedging) together with how much 
the 2011-12 operating profit before exceptional items (‘operating profit’) would differ from 2010-11 as a result of the changes to 27 March 
2011 in commodity prices post the impact of the Group’s hedging programmes. 

The sensitivity analysis is the impact on the Group’s operating profit that would result from a movement in commodity prices (excluding any 
hedges in place). It is calculated as the difference between the operating profit that would have been reported based upon actual commodity 
transactions and actual commodity prices during the year (but excluding the impact of any hedges in place) and the operating profit that would 
have been reported based upon actual commodity transactions but with commodity prices 5% higher. 

The impact on 2011-12 operating profit is calculated as the movement in operating profit (from actual 2010-11 operating profit) that would 
arise on the actual commodity transactions in 2010-11 at the actual hedge prices for 2011-12  where hedges are in place and the closing 
commodity prices for 2010-11 where no hedge exists. 

2011 

2010 

Impact on 
operating profit 
of a 
5% increase in price 
(before hedging) 
£m gain/(loss) 

Impact of no 
further change in 
price on 2011-12 
operating profit 
versus 2010-11 
(post hedging) 
£m gain/(loss) 

Impact on 
operating profit 
of a 
5% increase in price 
(before hedging) 
£m gain/(loss) 

Impact of no 
further change in 
price on 2010-11 
operating profit 
versus 2009-10 
(post hedging) 
£m gain/(loss) 

Diesel and Jet  

(5) 

(21) 

(4) 

23 

Credit risk 
Royal Mail operates a credit policy, which provides a fair and equitable arrangement for all its account customers. The level of credit granted is 
based on a customer’s risk profile assessed by an independent credit referencing agent. The credit policy is applied rigidly within the regulated 
products area so as to ensure that Royal Mail is not in breach of compliance legislation. Assessment of credit for the non-regulated products is 
based on commercial factors, which are commensurate with the Group’s appetite for risk. 

Royal  Mail  has  a  dedicated  credit  management  team,  which  sets  and  monitors  credit  limits,  and  takes  corrective  action  as  and  when 
appropriate. Credit controls in place have limited the level of bad debt incurred to around 0.1% (2010 0.1%) of turnover. 

With respect to credit risk arising from other financial assets of the Group, which comprise cash, cash equivalent investments, available for sale 
financial assets, held to maturity financial assets, held for trading financial assets, loans and receivables financial assets and certain derivative 
instruments, the Group invests/trades only with high quality financial institutions. The Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from default of the 
counterparty, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these instruments. 

There are no significant concentrations of credit risk within the Group. 

Liquidity risk 
The Group’s primary objective is to ensure that the Group has sufficient funds available to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. This is 
achieved by aligning short-term investments and borrowing facilities with forecast cash flows. Typical short-term investments include money 
market funds, time deposits with approved counterparties, UK Government gilts and Treasury bills. Borrowing facilities are regularly reviewed 
to ensure continuity of funding. 

The unused facilities for Royal Mail Group Ltd of £300m expire in 2014 (2010 £560m expiring in 2014). The unused facility for Post Office 
Limited of £775m expires in 2012 (2010 £807m expiring in 2011). Additionally, the Group has £200m (2010 £200m) of uncommitted lines of 
credit which are reviewed annually. 

Capital management 
Royal  Mail  Holdings  plc  is  a  public  limited  company  whose  shares  are  not  traded  and  the  Group  regards  its  capital  as  share  capital,  share 
premium, retained earnings and debt provided by the UK Government. The sole shareholder and the provider of the majority of debt to the 
Group is the UK Government. The management of capital is closely linked to the Group’s relationship with its shareholder. The Group maintains 
its liquidity requirements by the management of its internal funds and by the drawing down of equity and debt from its shareholder as well as 
drawing on limited external debt facilities. The Group’s debt to equity ratio is determined by its shareholder. 

As explained in the going concern section in note 2 the loans and the funding structure of the Group may be subject to change. 

Financial assets – pension escrow investments 
On 23 March 2007, Royal Mail Holdings plc and Royal Mail Group Ltd established £1bn of investments in escrow. These investments are held 
as security to the Royal Mail Pension Plan in support of the 38 year deficit recovery period from March 2009. At 27 March 2011, Royal Mail 
Holdings plc had £1,074m (2010 £1,011m) of financial assets in the pension escrow and Royal Mail Group Ltd had £87m (2010 £178m) of 
financial assets plus mortgages on certain Group properties. Charges over these assets have been registered. Further details on the Royal Mail 
Pension Plan, including the latest full actuarial valuation, are contained in note 26. 

 
 
 
 
86 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

25. Financial instruments 

Carrying amounts and fair values 
Set  out  below  is  a  summary  by  category  of  the  carrying  amounts  of  all  the  Group’s  financial  instruments.  Trade  receivables,  payables, 
prepayments, accruals and client payables have been omitted from this analysis on the basis that carrying value is a reasonable approximation for 
fair  value.  Pension  scheme  assets  and  liabilities  are  also  excluded.  Fair  values  have  been  calculated  using  current  market  prices  (forward 
exchange  rates/commodity  prices)  and  discounted  using  appropriate  discount  rates.  There  are  no  material  differences  between  the  fair  value 
(transaction price) of all financial instruments at initial recognition and the fair value calculated using these valuation techniques. The fair value of 
the BIS loans to Royal Mail Group Ltd (non-current) is £1,563m at 27 March 2011 (2010 £1,197m). The fair value of ‘Obligations under finance 
leases and hire purchase contracts’ is £262m (2010 £184m). For all other financial instruments fair value is equal to the carrying amount. 

The tables below also set out the carrying amount of the currency of the Group’s financial instruments: 

Level  Classification 

Sterling 
£m 

US$ 
£m 

Euro 
£m 

Other 
£m 

Financial assets 

Cash at bank, in hand or in Post Office Limited network 

Cash equivalent investments 

- Money market funds 

- Short-term deposits – local government 

- Short-term deposits – bank 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Financial assets – investments (current) 

Loans and receivables 

Loans and receivables 

Loans and receivables 

- Short-term deposits – Government/local government 

Loans and receivables 

Financial assets – investments (non-current) 

- Bank deposits 

Loans and receivables 

Financial assets – pension escrow investments (non-current) 

- Cash at bank 

- Treasury bills 

- Gilt edged securities (conventional) 

- Gilt edged securities (index linked)  

Derivative assets – current 

                         - non-current 

Total financial assets 

Financial liabilities 

Financial liabilities – loans and borrowings (current) 

- BIS loans to Post Office Limited 

Obligations under finance leases and hire purchase contracts 
(current) 

Financial liabilities – loans and borrowings (non-current) 

- BIS loans to Royal Mail Group Ltd 

- Miscellaneous loans in subsidiaries (non-current) 

Obligations under finance leases and hire purchase contracts 
(non-current) 

Derivative liabilities – current 

Total financial liabilities 

Net total financial assets 

1  Available for sale 

1  Available for sale 

1  Available for sale 

2 

2 

2 

Amortised cost 

Amortised cost 

Amortised cost 

Amortised cost 

Amortised cost 

659 

296 

142 

29 

125 

955 

1 

- 

1,161 

3 

242 

143 

773 

6 

1 

2,124 

(375) 

(375) 

(65) 

(1,477) 

(1,477) 

- 

(193) 

- 

(2,110) 

2011 
Total 
£m 

804 

297 

142 

29 

126 

13 

103 

29 

1 

- 

- 

1 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

14 

103 

29 

1,101 

- 

44 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

21 

5 

84 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(2) 

(2) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

9 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1 

44 

1,161 

3 

242 

143 

773 

36 

6 

112 

29 

2,349 

- 

- 

- 

(1) 

- 

(1) 

- 

(1) 

(2) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(375) 

(375) 

(65) 

(1,478) 

(1,477) 

(1) 

(193) 

(3) 

(2,114) 

14 

82 

110 

29 

235 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
87 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

25. Financial instruments (continued)  

There are no financial assets or liabilities designated at fair value through the income statement on initial recognition. 

The criteria for codification of ‘Level’ in the above table is described in the accounting policy ‘Fair value measurement of financial instruments’ 
on pages 63 and 64. 

The  financial  assets  –  investments  (non-current)  –  bank  deposits  of  £44m  (2010  £49m)  and  £1m  (2010  £nil)  of  the  cash  equivalent 
investments are pledged as collateral to a counterparty bank which has provided a letter of credit in support of a lease payable obligation.  

Derivative assets £36m current, £6m non-current (2010 £24m current, £3m non-current) and liabilities £3m current, £nil non-current (2010 
£17m current, £1m non-current) are valued at fair value. Effective changes in the fair value of derivatives, which are part of a designated cash 
flow hedge under IAS 39, are deferred into equity. All other changes in derivative fair value are taken straight to the income statement. 

None of the financial assets listed above are either past due or considered to be impaired. 

The decrease in pension escrow investments of £28m (2010 increase of £83m) consists of £54m (2010 £41m) interest on the investments 
plus £20m (2010 £42m) movement in fair value deferred into the Financial Assets Reserve, less £102m (2010 £nil) released from escrow, 
substituted by mortgages on certain Group properties. 

Financial assets 

Cash at bank, in hand or in Post Office Limited network 

Cash equivalent investments 

- Money market funds 

- Short-term deposits – bank 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Financial assets – investments (current) 

Level  Classification 

Sterling 
£m 

US$ 
£m 

Euro 
£m 

Other 
£m 

2010 
Total 
£m 

Loans and receivables 

Loans and receivables 

700 

14 

116 

23 

853 

84 

38 

46 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

84 

38 

46 

784 

14 

116 

23 

937 

- Short-term deposits – Government/local government 

Loans and receivables 

Financial assets – investments (non-current) 

- Bank deposits 

Loans and receivables 

Financial assets – pension escrow investments (non-current) 

- Cash at bank 

- Treasury bills 

- Gilt edged securities (conventional) 

- Gilt edged securities (index linked)  

Derivative assets – current 

                         - non-current 

Total financial assets 

Financial liabilities 

Financial liabilities – loans and borrowings (current) 

- BIS loans to Royal Mail Group Ltd 

- BIS loans to Post Office Limited 

- Miscellaneous loans in subsidiaries (current) 

Obligations under finance leases and hire purchase contracts 
(current) 

Financial liabilities – loans and borrowings (non-current) 

- BIS loans to Royal Mail Group Ltd 

- Miscellaneous loans in subsidiaries (non-current) 

Obligations under finance leases and hire purchase contracts 
(non-current) 

Derivative liabilities – current 

                            – non-current 

Total financial liabilities 

1  Available for sale 

1  Available for sale 

1  Available for sale 

2 

2 

2 

2 

Amortised cost 

Amortised cost 

Amortised cost 

Amortised cost 

Amortised cost 

Amortised cost 

Amortised cost 

1 

- 

1,189 

2 

269 

137 

781 

- 

- 

1,974 

(383) 

(40) 

(343) 

- 

(60) 

(1,137) 

(1,137) 

- 

(120) 

(7) 

(1) 

(1,708) 

- 

49 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

15 

2 

80 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(7) 

- 

(7) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

9 

1 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1 

49 

1,189 

2 

269 

137 

781 

24 

3 

126 

23 

2,203 

(5) 

- 

- 

(5) 

(1) 

(1) 

- 

(1) 

- 

(3) 

- 

(10) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(388) 

(40) 

(343) 

(5) 

(61) 

(1,138) 

(1,137) 

(1) 

(120) 

(17) 

(1) 

(1,725) 

Net total financial assets 

266 

73 

116 

23 

478 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

25. Financial instruments (continued) 

Interest rate risk 
Interest  on  financial  instruments  classified  as  floating  rate  is  repriced  at  intervals  of  less  than  one  year.  Interest  on  financial  instruments 
classified as fixed rate is fixed until the maturity of the instrument. 

The  tables  below  set  out  the  carrying  amount  by  maturity  of  the  Group’s  financial  instruments  that  are  exposed  to  interest  rate  risk.  The 
pension  escrow  investments  mature  between  1  day  and  45  years  but  have  been  disclosed  as  maturing  in  greater  than  5  years  as  the 
investments have been provided as security to the Royal Mail Pension Plan in support of the 38 year deficit recovery period from March 2009. 
The floating rate BIS loans to Royal Mail Group Ltd mature in 2014 and interest rates on these loans are set for periods between 7 days and  
6 months as selected by the Group. 

Financial year ended 27 March 2011 

Average 
effective 
interest rate 
% 

Within 
1 year 
£m 

1-2 
years 
£m 

2-5 
years 
£m 

More 
than 
5 years 
£m 

Fixed rate 

Cash at bank 

Cash equivalent investments: 

- Short-term deposits local government 

- Short-term deposits - bank 

Financial assets – investments (current) 

- Short-term deposits – Government/local government 

Financial assets – investments (non-current) 

- Bank deposits 

Financial assets – pension escrow investments (non-
current) 

- Gilt edged securities (conventional) 

BIS loans to Post Office Limited 

BIS loans to Royal Mail Group Ltd 

Obligations under finance lease and hire purchase 
contracts 

Miscellaneous loans in subsidiaries 

Total 

Floating rate 

Cash at bank 

Cash equivalent investments: 

- Money market funds 

- Short-term deposits – bank 

Financial assets – pension escrow investments (non-
current) 

- Cash at bank 

- Treasury bills 

- Gilt edged securities (index linked) 

BIS loans to Royal Mail Group Ltd 

Non-interest bearing  

Cash at bank, in hand or in Post Office Limited network 

Derivative assets 

Derivative liabilities 

Total 

3.9 

0.6 

0.8 

7.7 

0.4 

4.8 

0.8 

8.4 

4.6 

4.5 

0.8 

0.7 

0.8 

0.4 

0.5 

4.7 

3.0 

12 

29 

92 

1 

- 

- 

(375) 

- 

(65) 

- 

(306) 

87 

142 

34 

- 

- 

- 

- 

263 

705 

36 

(3) 

738 

Total 
£m 

12 

29 

92 

1 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

24 

15 

44 

- 

- 

- 

143 

- 

(877) 

143 

(375) 

(877) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

5 

- 

- 

- 

(50) 

- 

(45) 

(109) 

(34) 

(258) 

(1) 

(86) 

- 

(1) 

(753) 

(1,190) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

6 

- 

6 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(600) 

(600) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

3 

242 

773 

- 

1,018 

- 

- 

- 

- 

87 

142 

34 

3 

242 

773 

(600) 

681 

705 

42 

(3) 

744 

Net total financial assets/(liabilities) 

695 

(39) 

(686) 

265 

235 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
89 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

25. Financial instruments (continued) 

Financial year ended 28 March 2010 

Fixed rate 

Cash at bank 

Financial assets – investments (current) 

- Short-term deposits – Government/local government 

Financial assets – investments (non-current) 

- Bank deposits 

Financial assets – pension escrow investments (non-
current) 

- Gilt edged securities (conventional) 

BIS loans to Post Office Limited 

BIS loans to Royal Mail Group Ltd 

Obligations under finance lease and hire purchase 
contracts 

Miscellaneous loans in subsidiaries 

Total 

Floating rate 

Cash at bank 

Cash equivalent investments: 

- Money market funds 

- Short-term deposits – bank 

Financial assets – pension escrow investments (non-
current) 

- Cash at bank 

- Treasury bills 

- Gilt edged securities (index linked) 

BIS loans to Royal Mail Group Ltd 

Miscellaneous loans in subsidiaries 

Total 

Non-interest bearing  

Cash at bank, in hand or in Post Office Limited network 

Derivative assets 

Derivative liabilities 

Total 

Average 
effective 
interest rate 
% 

Within 
1 year 
£m 

1-2 
years 
£m 

2-5 
years 
£m 

More 
than 
5 years 
£m 

3.2 

7.7 

1.1 

4.8 

0.8 

8.0 

4.8 

4.5 

5 

1 

- 

- 

(343) 

(40) 

(61) 

(1) 

(439) 

0.4 

101 

0.4 

0.8 

0.4 

0.4 

4.9 

2.3 

1.5 

38 

46 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(4) 

181 

747 

24 

(17) 

754 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(45) 

- 

(45) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

3 

(1) 

2 

(702) 

(1,211) 

Total 
£m 

5 

1 

49 

137 

(343) 

(877) 

(181) 

(2) 

101 

38 

46 

2 

269 

781 

(300) 

(4) 

933 

747 

27 

(18) 

756 

- 

- 

49 

- 

- 

- 

(73) 

(1) 

(25) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(300) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

137 

- 

(837) 

(2) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

2 

269 

781 

- 

- 

(300) 

1,052 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Net total financial assets/(liabilities) 

496 

(43) 

(325) 

350 

478 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

25. Financial instruments (continued) 

Contractual maturity analysis for gross financial liabilities 

The tables below set out the gross (undiscounted) contractual cash flows of the Group’s financial liabilities. For overdrafts, loans and finance 
leases/hire purchase contracts, these cash flows represent the undiscounted total amounts payable including interest. For derivatives which are 
settled  gross,  these  cash  flows  represent  the  undiscounted  gross  payment  due  and  do  not  reflect  the  accompanying  inflow.  For  derivatives 
which are settled net, these cash flows represent the undiscounted forecast outflow. 

Gross 
loans and 
borrowings 
commitments 
£m 

Gross finance 
lease/hire 
purchase 
instalments 
£m 

Sub-total 
£m 

Gross 
payments on 
derivatives 
settled gross 
£m 

Gross 
payments on 
derivatives 
settled net 
£m 

Amounts falling due in: 

One year or less or on demand (current) 

More than one year (non-current) 

More than one year but not more than two years 

More than two years but not more than five years 

More than five years 

424 

2,144 

51 

717 

1,376 

76 

308 

58 

119 

131 

500 

2,452 

109 

836 

1,507 

379 

3 

3 

- 

- 

2 

- 

- 

- 

- 

2011 

Total 
£m 

881 

2,455 

112 

836 

1,507 

Total 

2,568 

384 

2,952 

382 

2 

3,336 

Gross 
loans and 
borrowings 
commitments 
£m 

Gross finance 
lease/hire 
purchase 
instalments 
£m 

Sub-total 
£m 

Gross 
payments on 
derivatives 
settled gross 
£m 

Gross 
payments on 
 derivatives 
 settled net 
£m 

Amounts falling due in: 

One year or less or on demand (current) 

More than one year (non-current) 

More than one year but not more than two years 

More than two years but not more than five years 

More than five years 

424 

1,860 

38 

416 

1,406 

68 

129 

49 

76 

4 

492 

1,989 

87 

492 

1,410 

345 

3 

3 

- 

- 

10 

1 

1 

- 

- 

2010 

Total 
£m 

847 

1,993 

91 

492 

1,410 

Total 

2,284 

197 

2,481 

348 

11 

2,840 

Hedging Activities 
The Group had the following designated cash flow hedge programmes during the current and previous financial year: 

i)   The diesel fuel hedge programme uses forward commodity price swaps and forward currency purchase contracts to hedge the exposure 

arising from commodity price and US$/Sterling exchange rates for forecast diesel fuel purchases. 

ii)   The air conveyance hedge programme uses US$ forward currency purchase contracts to hedge the exposure arising from US$/Sterling 

and Sterling/Euro exchange rates for forecast air conveyance purchases. 

iii)   Three capital programmes using Euro forward currency purchase contracts to hedge the exposure arising from Sterling/Euro exchange 

rates for contracted capital expenditure on automation projects. 

iv)   The electricity hedge programme uses forward commodity price swaps to hedge the exposure arising from electricity prices. 

v)   The gas hedge programme uses forward commodity price swaps to hedge the exposure arising from gas prices. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
91 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

25. Financial instruments (continued) 

The following table shows the movements on the hedging reserve for each of these hedge programmes: 

Gains/(losses) deferred into 
 equity during year 
£m 

(Gains)/losses released from 
 equity to income during year 
£m 

Gains released from equity to 
 the carrying value of non-
financial 
 assets during year 
£m 

2011 

Diesel fuel 

Air conveyance 

Capital programmes 

Electricity 

Gas 

Total 

2010 

Diesel fuel 

Air conveyance 

Capital programmes 

Electricity 

Gas 

Total 

18 

- 

(3) 

4 

5 

24 

3 

(2) 

(3) 

(6) 

(4) 

(12) 

(10) 

(2) 

- 

4 

1 

(7) 

21 

(4) 

- 

4 

- 

21 

- 

- 

(3) 

- 

- 

(3) 

- 

- 

(4) 

- 

- 

(4) 

The  £7m  gains  released  from  equity  to  income  during  year  (2010  £21m  losses)  are  included  within  the  distribution  and  conveyance 
operating costs in the income statement. 

There is no material ineffectiveness recognised in the income statement relating to cash flow hedges. 

For all the above cash flow hedge programmes, the underlying cash flows being hedged are expected to occur at the same dates as the 
hedge  instruments  (derivatives) mature. For  the non-capital  programmes  (diesel, electricity  and  air  conveyance),  the  profit  or  loss will  be 
taken on maturity. For capital programmes, the impact on the income statement will be through the depreciation charge over the life of the 
asset being hedged. 

The following table shows the derivatives outstanding at the year end: 

Commodity/ 
currency 

Nominal 
amount  Maturity date 

Average 
contracted 
commodity price/ 
exchange rate 

Derivative 
asset 
non-current 
fair value 
£m 

Derivative 
asset 
current 
fair value 
£m  

Derivative 
 Liability 
non-current 
fair value 
£m 

Derivative 
 Liability 
current 
fair value 
£m 

Diesel fuel  148k tonnes  Apr 11-Jan 13 

US$795/tonne 

US$ 

US$ 

Euro 

$118m  Apr 11-Jan 13 

US$1.57/£ 

$25m  Mar 11-Apr 12 

US$1.63/£ 

€67m  Mar 11-Apr 12 

£0.85/€ 

Electricity 

378k MWH  Apr 11-Jan 13 

£46/MWH 

Gas  24m therms  Apr 11-Apr 13 

£0.56/therm 

Diesel fuel  141k tonnes  Apr 10 – Jan 12 

US$703/tonne 

US$ 

US$ 

Euro 

$99m  Apr 10 – Jan 12 

US$1.75/£ 

$18m  Apr 10 – Apr 11 

US$1.96/£ 

€82m  Apr 10 – Apr 11 

£0.80/€ 

Electricity 

448k MWH  Apr 10 – Feb 12 

£47/MWH 

Gas  20m therms  May 10 – Jan 12 

£0.55/therm 

2011 

Diesel fuel 

Diesel fuel 

Air conveyance 

Capital programmes 

Electricity 

Gas 

Cash flow hedges 

Other derivatives 

Total 

2010 

Diesel fuel 

Diesel fuel 

Air conveyance 

Capital programmes 

Electricity 

Gas 

Cash flow hedges 

Other derivatives 

Total 

4 

- 

- 

- 

1 

- 

5 

1 

6 

1 

1 

- 

1 

- 

- 

3 

- 

3 

17 

- 

- 

2 

3 

3 

25 

11 

36 

2 

8 

3 

8 

- 

- 

21 

3 

24 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(1) 

- 

(1) 

- 

(1) 

- 

(1) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(2) 

- 

- 

- 

(4) 

(3) 

(9) 

(8) 

(17) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
92 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

25. Financial instruments (continued) 

Other  derivatives  represent  hedges  by  the  Group  of  other  foreign  exchange  and  commodity  price  exposures,  which  are  not  designated  as 
hedges  under  IAS  39  (including  the  hedge  of  jet  fuel  costs  arising  from  the  purchasing  of  air  freight  services,  the  hedge  of  the  Bureau  de 
Change currency holdings within Post Office Limited, the hedge of the US$ bank deposits and the hedge of inter-company loans with overseas 
subsidiaries). 

The Group had outstanding, forward transactions to hedge foreign currency and fuel purchases at contracted rates as follows: 

Maturing within one year 

Euro 

US$ 

Australian dollars (AU$) 

Japanese Yen (JPY) 

Diesel and jet fuel (US$) 

Electricity and gas (Sterling) 

Maturing after one year 

Euro 

US$ 

Diesel and jet fuel (US$) 

Electricity and gas (Sterling) 

In currency  
(millions) 

Sterling equivalents  
(millions) 

2011 

2010 

2011 

2010 

336 

232 

3 

1,028 

98 

- 

- 

50 

46 

- 

293 

206 

4 

- 

88 

- 

4 

37 

36 

- 

287 

146 

2 

8 

63 

20 

- 

32 

29 

11 

258 

121 

2 

- 

48 

23 

3 

23 

22 

9 

The Group’s fuel hedges, which fix the Sterling cost of purchasing fuel, consist of two elements which may be hedged jointly or separately: 

• 
• 

a commodity forward transaction fixing the cost in US$ of purchasing fuel; and 
a currency forward transaction fixing the Sterling cost of these US$. 

The table above contains both of these transactions. The commodity forward transactions are shown under the heading ‘Diesel and jet fuel 
(US$)’  -  US$98m  (2010  US$88m)  maturing  within  one  year  and  US$46m  (2010  US$36m)  maturing  after  one year.  The  related  currency 
forward  transactions  are  contained  within  the  total  of  US$  –  US$232m  (2010  US$206m)  maturing  within  one  year  and  US$50m  (2010 
US$37m) maturing after one year. 

26. Employee benefits – pensions  

The Group operates pension schemes as detailed below. 

Scheme  

Royal Mail Pension Plan (RMPP) 

Royal Mail Senior Executive Pension Plan (RMSEPP) 

Royal Mail Defined Contribution Plan (RMDCP) 

Eligibility 

UK employees  

UK senior executives 

UK employees 

Type 

Defined benefit 

Defined benefit 

Defined contribution 

Various other small-scale schemes operated by overseas subsidiaries  

Overseas subsidiary employees 

Defined contribution 

Defined Contribution 
A charge for the defined contribution schemes of £10m (2010 £5m) was recognised in operating profit before exceptional items within the 
income  statement.  The  Company  contributions  to  these  schemes  was  £10m  (2010  £5m).  A  new  defined  contribution  plan  (RMDCP)  was 
launched  in  April  2009.  New  recruits  joining  from  31  March  2008  are  able  to  begin  paying  contributions  to  the  new  plan  after  they  have 
worked for the Company for a year. 

Defined Benefit 
Both  RMPP  and  RMSEPP  are  funded  by  the  payment  of  contributions  to  separate  trustee  administered  funds.  The  latest  full  actuarial 
valuations  of  both  schemes  have  been  carried  out  as  at  31  March  2009  using  the  projected  unit  method.  For  RMPP,  this  valuation  was 
concluded at £10.3bn deficit. For RMSEPP, the valuation was concluded at £100m deficit. A series of changes to RMPP and RMSEPP began to 
take effect on 1 April 2008.  

The changes encompass: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the Plan closed to new members from 31 March 2008; 

all pensions and benefits earned before 1 April 2008 are still linked to final salary at the time of retirement; 

from 1 April 2008, defined benefits building up for employee members of the Plan are earned on a career salary basis; 

employees can continue to take their pension on reaching 60 but the normal retirement age will increase to 65 for benefits earned 
from 1 April 2010; and 

from  1  April  2010  it  will  be  possible  to  draw  pension  earned  before  the  change  to  normal  retirement  age  at  60,  and  continue 
working while still contributing to the Pension Plan until the maximum level of benefits has been reached. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
93 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

26. Employee benefits – pensions (continued) 

Payment of £432m (2010 £521m) was made during the year in respect of regular future service contributions, with £428m (2010 £516m) 
relating to RMPP. The regular future service contributions charge for RMPP, expressed as a percentage of pensionable pay, has changed to 
17.1%  (2010  20.0%),  effective  from  April  2010.  This  rate  is  not  expected  to  change  materially  during  2011-12.  For  RMSEPP,  these 
contributions have changed to 35.9% (2010 48.2%) effective from April 2010. 

Payment  of  £299m  (2010  £291m)  was  made  during  the  year  to  fund  the  deficit  in  the  schemes,  with  £292m  (2010  £286m)  relating  to 
RMPP. Deficit recovery payments are planned for RMPP over the 38 years from the date of the latest full actuarial valuation. These payments 
will be made before each 31 March, and may therefore span across the Group’s year end (the last Sunday in March). Over the 37 years from   
1  April  2010,  planned  deficit  payments  are  £282m  per  annum,  increasing  in  line  with  RPI  (base  year  is  2009-10).  For  RMSEPP,  deficit 
recovery payments will be £11m per annum less regular future service contributions, from 1 April 2010 to 31 January 2024.  

On 23 March 2007, the Group established £1bn of investments in escrow as security to the Royal Mail Pension Plan in support of the deficit 
recovery plan. On 24 March 2011 an agreement was implemented to substitute £102m pension escrow financial investments with mortgages 
against certain property assets.  

A current liability of £12m (2010 £6m) has been recognised for payments to the pension schemes relating to redundancy (note 22). During 
the year, payments of £30m (2010 £50m) relating to redundancy were made. 

A  liability  of  £1m  (2010  £1m)  has  been  recognised  for  future  payment  of  pension  benefits  to  a  past  Director  (see  page  48  Directors’ 
Remuneration Report). 

The following disclosures relate to the gains/losses and deficit in the schemes recognised for the RMPP and RMSEPP defined benefit plans in 
the financial statements of the Group: 

a) Major long-term assumptions 

The size of the pension deficit, which is large in the context of the Group and its finances, is materially sensitive to the assumptions adopted.
Small  changes  in  these  assumptions  could  have  a  significant  impact  on  the  deficit  and  overall  income  statement  charge.  The  major 
assumptions were: 

Rate of increase in salaries* 

Rate of pension increases – RMPP Sections A/B 

Rate of pension increases – RMPP Section C 

Rate of pension increases – RMSEPP all members 

Rate of increase for deferred pensions – RMSEPP members not 
transferred from Section A or B of RMPP 

Rate of increase for deferred pensions – all other members 

Discount rate 

Inflation assumption 

Expected average rate of return on assets 

At 27 March 2011 
% pa 

At 28 March 2010 
% pa 

4.5 

2.8 

3.5 

3.5 

3.5 

2.8 

5.5 

3.5 

6.5 

4.6 

3.6 

3.6 

3.6 

3.6 

3.6 

5.6 

3.6 

6.7 

*The rate of increase in salaries for 2011-12 and 2012-13 reflects the Business Transformation 2010 and Beyond agreement. From 
2013-14 the rate of increase in salaries assumption is RPI + 1%. 

During  2010,  the  Government  announced  that  it  was  intending  to  change  the  inflation  measure  used  to  determine  statutory  minimum 
indexation in deferment and in payment from RPI to CPI during 2011. Where relevant, the inflation assumption has changed from RPI to CPI. 

The  above  assumptions  relate  to  both  defined  benefit  plans  with  the  exception  of  the  expected  average  rate  of  return  on  assets  which  is 
computed  for  the  combined  assets  of  the  plans.  The  expected  average  rate  of  return  on  assets  is  a  weighted  average  of  the  long-term 
expected rate of return of each principal asset class (see section b). The expected average rate of return is computed at each balance sheet 
date based on the market values and long-term rate of return of each principal asset class as at that date. 

Mortality 

The mortality assumptions for the larger scheme are based on the latest self administered pension scheme (SAPS) mortality tables (S1PMA for 
male  pensioners  and  S1DFA  for  female  pensioners)  with  appropriate  scaling  factors  (106%  for  male  pensioners  and  101%  for  female 
pensioners), allowing for ‘medium cohort’ projections with a 1.25% floor. These are detailed below: 

Average expected life expectancy from age 60: 

For a current 60 year old male RMPP member 

For a current 60 year old female RMPP member 

For a current 40 year old male RMPP member 

For a current 40 year old female RMPP member 

2011 

26 years 

29 years 

29 years 

32 years 

2010 

26 years 

29 years 

28 years 

31 years 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
94 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

26. Employee benefits – pensions (continued) 

b) Plans’ assets and expected rates of return 

The assets in the plans and the expected rates of return were: 

Equities 

Bonds 

Property 

Other assets 

Fair value of plans’ assets 

Present value of plans’ liabilities 

Deficit in schemes 

Market value 

   Long-term expected rate of return 

2011 
£m 

4,268 

21,409 

1,590 

418 

27,685 

(32,186) 

(4,501) 

2010 
£m 

5,999 

17,652 

1,677 

486 

25,814 

(33,855) 

(8,041) 

2011 
% pa 

8.2 

6.2 

6.5 

4.2 

2010 
% pa 

8.4 

6.2 

6.6 

4.6 

There is no element of the above present value of liabilities that arises from plans that are wholly unfunded. 

Certain of the above investments relate to properties occupied by the Group, but the contribution of these properties to the fair value of 
plans’ assets is not material. The pension plans have not invested in any other assets used by the Group or in the Group’s own financial 
instruments. 

c) Recognised charges 

An analysis of the separate components of the amounts recognised in the income statement and statement of comprehensive income is as 
follows: 

Analysis of amounts recognised in the income statement: 

Analysis of amounts charged to operating profit before exceptional items: 

 - Current service cost 

Total charge to operating profit before exceptional items 

Analysis of amounts charged to operating exceptional items: 

 - Loss due to curtailments (within provision for restructuring charge – note 21) 

Total charge to operating profit 

Analysis of amounts charged/(credited) to financing: 

 - Interest on plans’ liabilities 

 - Expected return on plans’ assets  

Total net charge to financing 

Net charge to income statement before deduction for tax 

Analysis of amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income: 

 - Actual return on plans’ assets 

 - Less: expected return on plans’ assets 

Actuarial gains on assets (all experience adjustments) 

 - Experience adjustments on liabilities 

 - Effects of changes in actuarial assumption on liabilities 

Actuarial gains/(losses) on liabilities 

2011 
£m 

448 

448 

47 

495 

1,881 

(1,714) 

167 

662 

2,184 

(1,714) 

470 

(8) 

2,962 

2,954 

2010 
£m 

436 

436 

42 

478 

1,701 

(1,372) 

329 

807 

5,841 

(1,372) 

4,469 

673 

(6,454) 

(5,781) 

Total actuarial gains/(losses) recognised in the statement of comprehensive 
income before deduction for tax  

3,424 

(1,312) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
95 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

26. Employee benefits – pensions (continued) 

d) Movement in plans’ assets and liabilities 

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit pension obligations are analysed as follows: 

Plans’ liabilities at beginning of period 

Current service cost 

Curtailment costs* 

Finance cost 

Employee contributions 

Actuarial gains/(losses) (recognised in statement of comprehensive income) 

Benefits paid 

Plans’ liabilities at end of period 

2011 
£m 

(33,855) 

(448) 

(36) 

(1,881) 

(152) 

2,954 

1,232 

2010 
£m 

(26,847) 

(436) 

(48) 

(1,701) 

(158) 

(5,781) 

1,116 

(32,186) 

(33,855) 

*The curtailment costs in the income statement are recognised on a consistent basis with the associated compensation costs. Estimates of 
both are included, for example, in any redundancy provisions raised. The curtailment costs above represent the costs associated with those 
people  paid  compensation  in  respect  of  redundancy  during  the  accounting  period.  Such  payments  may  occur  in  an  accounting  period 
subsequent to the recognition of costs in the income statement. 

Changes in the fair value of the plans’ assets are analysed as follows: 

Plans’ assets at beginning of period 

Company contributions paid 

Movement in company contributions accrued 

Employee contributions 

Finance income 

Actuarial gains (recognised in statement of comprehensive income) 

Benefits paid 

Plans’ assets at end of period 

2011 
£m 

25,814 

761 

6 

152 

1,714 

470 

(1,232) 

27,685 

2010 
£m 

20,071 

862 

(2) 

158 

1,372 

4,469 

(1,116) 

25,814 

e) History of experience gains and losses 
The  cumulative  amount  of  actuarial  gains  and  losses  recognised  since  transition  to  IFRSs  at  29  March  2004  in  the  statement  of 
comprehensive  income  is  £1,082m  loss  (2010  £4,506m  loss).  The  Directors  are  unable  to  determine  how  much  of  the  pension  scheme 
deficit recognised in transition to IFRSs is attributable to actuarial gains and losses since inception of the pension schemes. Consequently, the 
Directors are unable to determine the cumulative amount of actuarial gains and losses that would have been recognised in the statement of 
comprehensive income between inception of the pension schemes and transition to IFRSs. 

Fair value of assets 

Present value of liabilities 

Deficit in schemes 

Experience adjustment on assets 

Experience adjustment on liabilities 

2011 
£m 

27,685 

(32,186) 

(4,501) 

2011 
£m 

470 

(8) 

2010 
£m 

25,814 

(33,855) 

(8,041) 

2010 
£m 

4,469 

673 

2009 
£m 

20,071 

(26,847) 

(6,776) 

2009 
£m 

(5,481) 

(10) 

2008 
£m 

23,923 

(26,846) 

(2,923) 

2008 
£m 

(1,327) 

(169) 

2007 
£m 

23,578 

(28,563) 

(4,985) 

2007 
£m 

172 

(122) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
96 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

27. Issued share capital and reserves 

Authorised share capital 

Ordinary shares of £1 each  

Special Rights Redeemable Preference Share (Special Share) of £1 each  

Total 

Issued and called up share capital 

Ordinary shares of £1 each  

Special Rights Redeemable Preference Share (Special Share) of £1 each  

Total 

2011 
£ 

100,000 

1 

100,001 

2011 
£ 

50,005 

1 

50,006 

2010 
£ 

100,000 

1 

100,001 

2010 
£ 

50,005 

1 

50,006 

The  Special  Share  can  be  redeemed  at  any  time  by  its  holder  (the  Secretary  of  State  for  Business,  Innovation  and  Skills),  subject  to  such 
redemption being compliant with the Companies Act 2006. The Company cannot redeem the Special Share without the prior consent of its 
holder. No premium is payable on redemption.  

On distribution in a winding up of the Company, the holder of the Special Share is entitled to repayment of the capital paid up on the Special 
Share in priority to any repayment of capital to any other member. The Special Share does not carry any rights to vote. 

Under section 63(7) of the Postal Services Act 2000, for the purposes of the Companies Act 2006, certain shares issued shall be treated as if 
their nominal value had been fully paid up. 

Under sections 72 and 74 of the Postal Services Act 2000, the Secretary of State for Business, Innovation and Skills may issue directions to 
the Company which, depending on the direction issued, could result in the recognition of a distribution. 

Reserves identified in the consolidated statement of changes in equity 

Financial Assets Reserve 
The Financial Assets Reserve is used to record fair value changes on available for sale financial assets. 

Foreign Currency Translation Reserve 
The Foreign Currency Translation Reserve is used to record the gains and losses arising from 29 March 2004 on translation of assets and 
liabilities of subsidiaries denominated in currencies other than the reporting currency. 

Hedging Reserve 
The Hedging Reserve is used to record gains and losses arising from cash flow hedges since 28 March 2005. 

Other Reserves 
Other Reserves of £47m (2010 £47m) comprise £2m (2010 £2m) unrealised gain on First Rate Exchange Services Holdings Limited, a joint 
venture entity, and £45m (2010 £45m) relating to unrealised gains on Midasgrange Limited, an associate company.  

28. Commitments 

Operating lease commitments – Group as lessee 

The Group is committed to the following future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases as at 27 March 2011 and  
28 March 2010: 

Within one year  

Between one and five years  

Beyond five years  

Land and buildings 
2010 
£m 

2011 
£m 

146 

456 

521 

138 

436 

602 

Total 

1,123 

1,176 

Vehicles 
and equipment 
2010 
2011 
£m 
£m 

11 

13 

- 

24 

20 

18 

1 

39 

IT equipment 
2011 
£m 

2010 
£m 

36 

19 

- 

55 

32 

33 

- 

65 

Total 

2011 
£m 

193 

488 

521 

2010 
£m 

190 

487 

603 

1,202 

1,280 

Existing leases for UK land and buildings have an average term of 13 years and any new leases entered into generally have a 15-year term 
with a 10-year break clause. Existing land and buildings leased overseas by the GLS subsidiary have an average lease term of 9 years. Vehicle 
leases generally have a term of between 1 and 7 years, depending on the asset class, with the average term being 4 years. The existing leases 
have an average term remaining of 1 year. There is one IT contract with a lease term of 10 years with 2 years remaining at the balance sheet 
date. 

Subleases 
The  Group  sublets  space  in  certain  properties.  The  future  minimum  sublease  payments  expected  to  be  received  under  non-cancellable 
sublease agreements at 27 March 2011 is £8m (28 March 2010 £6m). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
97 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

28. Commitments (continued) 

Operating lease commitments – Group as lessor 

The Group has entered into lease agreements for unutilised space in the UK estate. These non-cancellable leases have remaining terms of 
between one and 995 years. 

Future minimum rentals receivable under non-cancellable operating leases at 27 March 2011 and 28 March 2010 are as follows: 

Within one year 

Between one and five years 

Beyond five years 

Total minimum lease receipts 

Finance lease and hire purchase commitments 

Within one year  

Between one and five years  

Beyond five years  

Total minimum lease payments 

Less amounts representing finance charges 

Present value of minimum lease payments 

2011 
£m 

5 

13 

5 

23 

2010 
£m 

5 

11 

5 

21 

Minimum 
lease payments 

2011 
Present value 
 of minimum 
 lease payments 

Minimum 
lease payments 

2010 
Present value 
 of minimum 
lease payments 

£m 

76 

177 

131 

384 

(126) 

258 

£m 

65 

158 

35 

258 

- 

258 

£m 

68 

125 

4 

197 

(16) 

181 

£m 

61 

118 

2 

181 

- 

181 

The  Group  has  finance  lease  contracts  for  vehicles,  land  and  buildings  and  plant  and  equipment.  The  leases  have  no  terms  of  renewal, 
purchase options or escalation clauses and there are no restrictions concerning dividends, borrowings or additional leases. Vehicle leases have 
a  term  of  between 2  and 7  years,  depending on the  class  of  vehicle,  with the  average term  being  3  years.  Property leases have  a  term of 
between 12 and 108 years with the average term being 69 years. The term of the plant and equipment leases range from 5 to 8 years with 
the average being 6 years. 

Capital commitments 

The  Group  has  commitments  of £159m  at  27 March  2011  (28 March 2010  £129m), which  are  contracted  for  but  not  provided  for  in  the 
financial statements. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
98 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

29. Related party disclosures 

The ultimate parent (the Company) and principal subsidiaries 

Royal Mail Holdings plc is the ultimate parent company of the Group. The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of 
Royal Mail Holdings plc and the principal subsidiaries listed below: 

Company 

Principal activities 

Country of incorporation 

% equity interest 

Royal Mail Group Ltd 

Mails and parcels services 

United Kingdom 

Post Office Limited 

Counter, retail and financial services 

United Kingdom 

Royal Mail Investments Limited 

Holding company 

General Logistics Systems B.V. 

Parcel services 

Royal Mail Estates Limited 

Property holdings 

Romec Limited 

Facilities management 

United Kingdom 

Netherlands 

United Kingdom 

United Kingdom 

iRed Partnership Limited 

Document management services 

United Kingdom 

2011 

2010 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

51 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

51 

100 

Royal Mail Holdings plc is the immediate parent company of the Royal Mail Group Ltd subsidiary company. The remaining subsidiary companies 
listed above have Royal Mail Group Ltd as their immediate parent company. 

Joint ventures 

The Group’s 50% interest in First Rate Exchange Services Holdings Limited, a company registered in the United Kingdom, is held by Post Office 
Limited. The company’s principal activity is the provision of Bureau de Change. 

Associates 

The following companies are the principal associates of the Group: 

Company 

Principal activities 

Country of incorporation 

% Ownership 

Quadrant Catering Limited 

Catering services 

G3 Worldwide Mail N.V. (Spring) 

Mail services 

Midasgrange Limited 

Financial services 

United Kingdom 

Netherlands 

United Kingdom 

During the year the Group disposed of its 20% shareholding in Camelot Group plc (note 15). 

2011 

2010 

51 

51 

32.45 

32.45 

50 

50 

The majority of Board membership and voting power in Quadrant Catering Limited is held by the Group’s business partner, hence it is not a 
subsidiary. 

Management control lies with the Bank of Ireland business partner in the operation of the Midasgrange Limited company and therefore the 
company is not a joint venture.  

The investment in Quadrant Catering Limited is held by Royal Mail Group Ltd, the investment in G3 Worldwide Mail N.V. (Spring) is held by 
Royal Mail Investments Limited and the investment in Midasgrange Limited is held by Post Office Limited. 

Related party transactions 

During the year the Group entered into transactions with related parties. The transactions were in the ordinary course of business and included 
administration  and  investment  services  recharged  to  the  Group’s  pension  plan  by  Royal  Mail  Pension  Trustees  Limited.  The  transactions 
entered into and the balances outstanding at the financial year end were as follows: 

Sales/recharges to 
related party 
2010 
£m 

2011 
£m 

Purchases/ 
recharges from 
related party 
2010 
£m 

2011 
£m 

Amounts 
owed from related 
party including 
outstanding loans 
2010 
2011 
£m 
£m 

Amounts 
owed to related 
party including 
outstanding loans 
2010 
£m 

2011 
£m 

9 

- 

10 

- 

30 

30 

10 

- 

37 

- 

33 

- 

34 

- 

6 

3 

- 

35 

- 

7 

1 

- 

- 

- 

3 

10 

30 

132 

134 

9 

- 

- 

- 

3 

10 

14 

- 

3 

- 

1 

- 

1 

- 

3 

- 

1 

- 

2 

Royal Mail Pension Plan 

Quadrant Catering Limited 

Camelot Group plc 

G3 Worldwide Mail N.V. (Spring) 

Midasgrange Limited 

First Rate Exchange Services Holdings 
Limited Group 

With  the  exception  of  Camelot  Group  plc  the  investment  in  which  was  disposed  of  during  the  year  and  the  Royal  Mail  Pension  Plan,  the 
companies listed above are joint ventures and associates of the Group. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
99 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

29. Related party disclosures (continued) 

The  sales  to  and  purchases  from  related  parties  are  made  at  normal  market  prices.  Balances  outstanding  at  the  year  end  are  unsecured, 
interest free and settlement is made by cash.  

The Group trades with numerous Government bodies on an arm’s length basis. Transactions with these entities are not disclosed owing to the 
significant volume of transactions that are conducted.  

Separately: 

• 
• 

the Group has certain loan facilities with Government (note 20); and 
the Group has received the Network Subsidy Payment from Government (note 2). 

Key management compensation 

Short-term employee benefits 

Post-employment benefits 

Other long-term benefits 

Total compensation earned by key management 

2011 
£000 

2,714 

43 

- 

2,757 

2010 
£000 

3,035 

307 

2,626 

5,968 

Key management comprises executive and non-executive Directors of the Royal Mail Holdings plc Board. 

HM Government is the Company’s sole shareholder and, accordingly, the Directors have no interest in the shares of the Company. 

30. Events after the balance sheet date 

On 30 March 2011 Romec Limited, a 51% owned subsidiary of the Group, disposed of its 99% shareholding in its subsidiary Romec Services 
Limited to Balfour Beatty plc which holds the 49% non-controlling interest in Romec Limited. As a result of this transaction, Balfour Beatty plc 
has been released from a contractual obligation that it had in relation to the pension funding for Romec Limited employees.  

On  9  June  2011,  Government  announced  the  passing  of  the  Postal  Services  Bill.  This  confirms  the  Government’s  intention  to  take  on  the 
historic pension deficit with effect from March 2012, and the intention to restructure RMG’s balance sheet in due course. 

 
 
 
 
 
100 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

Group five-year summary (unaudited) 

Income statement 

Revenue 

Operating profit before exceptional items 

Operating exceptional items – modernisation costs 

Operating profit after modernisation costs before other operating exceptional items 

Operating exceptional items - other 

Operating (loss)/profit  

Non-operating exceptional items 

Profit/(loss) before financing and taxation 

Finance income and costs, including net pensions interest 

(Loss)/profit before tax  

Taxation  

(Loss)/profit after tax  

Statement of cash flows 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash equivalents 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Balance sheet  

Goodwill and intangible assets  

Property, plant and equipment 

Other non-current assets, including those classified as held for sale 

Net current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Net liabilities 

2011 
£m 

9,156 

246 

(207) 

39 

(88) 

(49) 

109 

60 

(212) 

(152) 

(106) 

(258) 

2011 
£m 

(44)** 

213 

169 

2011 
£m 

323 

1,832 

1,331 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

2008 
£m 

2007 
£m 

9,349 

9,560 

9,388 

9,179 

404 

(224) 

180 

(67) 

113 

5 

118 

(380) 

(262) 

(58) 

(320) 

2010 
£m 

24 

(149) 

(125) 

2010 
£m 

296 

1,935 

1,493 

321 

162 

233 

* 

- 

* 

- 

* 

- 

(149)*

(441)*

(243)* 

172 

11 

183 

(279) 

58 

(221) 

(134) 

144 

49 

(278) 

(229) 

2009 
£m 

(255) 

(118) 

(373) 

(77) 

212 

135 

2008 
£m 

224 

(15) 

209 

2009 
£m 

2008 
£m 

284 

240 

1,886 

1,671 

1,431 

1,824 

(10) 

118 

108 

205 

313 

(27) 

286 

2007 
£m 

1 

34 

35 

2007 
£m 

207 

1,619 

1,528 

(280) 

(511) 

(385) 

(300) 

(60) 

(6,313) 

(9,494) 

(7,872) 

(3,676) 

(5,558) 

(3,107) 

(6,281) 

(4,656) 

(241) 

(2,264) 

*A new measure of profitability after modernisation costs, impacting the presentation of operating exceptional items, has been restated for 2010 only. 

**The 2011 net decrease in cash of £44m: 

• 

• 

includes the repayment of a £3m overdrawn bank balance relating to the General Logistics Systems (GLS) subsidiary which was included in the 
2010 net current liabilities balance of £511m. 

excludes £2m relating to the impact of foreign exchange rates on cash. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
101 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

Parent Company financial statements 

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in relation to the parent Company financial statements 

The  Directors  are  responsible  for  preparing  the  Directors’  Report  and  the  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  applicable  law  and 
regulations. 

Company  law  requires  the  Directors  to  prepare  financial  statements  for  each  financial  year.  Under  that  law  the  Directors  have  elected  to 
prepare  the  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  United  Kingdom  Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Practice  (United  Kingdom  Accounting 
Standards and applicable law). Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the company and of the profit or loss of the company for that period.  In preparing these 
financial statements, the Directors are required to: 

• 

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; 

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; 

• 

• 

state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the 
financial statements; and 

prepare  the  financial  statements  on  the  going  concern  basis  unless  it  is  inappropriate  to  presume  that  the  Company  will  continue  in 
business. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements 
comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and hence for taking reasonable 
steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities. 

The  Directors  are  not  required  under  UK  law  to  prepare  a  Remuneration  Committee  Report  but,  in  accordance  with  the  principles  of  good 
corporate  governance,  as  outlined  in  the  Combined  Code,  have  chosen  to  do  so.  This  Report  has  been  prepared  by  the  Remuneration 
Committee as if the Company was required to comply with both Schedule 8 to The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts 
and Reports) Regulations 2008 of the United Kingdom and relevant Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority and has been approved by 
the Board. The only exception is that a performance graph has not been included, since the Company is not quoted. 

                        Moya Greene 

   Matthew Lester 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                 
                                                            
 
 
 
 
 
102 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

Independent Auditor’s report to the members of the Company, Royal Mail Holdings plc 

We  have  audited  the  parent  Company  financial  statements  of  Royal  Mail  Holdings  plc  for  the  year  ended  27  March  2011  which  comprise 
balance sheet and the related notes 1 to 10. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and 
United Kingdom Accounting Standards (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice). 

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our 
audit  work  has  been  undertaken so  that  we might  state  to  the  Company’s  members  those  matters  we  are  required  to  state to  them  in  an 
auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other 
than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. 

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors 
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement set out on page 101, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of 
the parent Company financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The Directors are also responsible for the 
preparation of the Directors’ Remuneration Report, which they have chosen to prepare as if the Company was required to comply with relevant 
requirements of both the UK Companies Act 2006 (and Regulations thereunder) and the Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority. The 
only exception is that a performance graph has not been included, since the Company is not quoted. Our responsibility is to audit and express 
an  opinion  on the  parent  Company  financial  statements  in  accordance with  applicable law  and  International  Standards  on Auditing  (UK  and 
Ireland). Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors. In addition, the Company has 
also instructed us to review whether the section of the Directors’ Remuneration Report that has been described as audited has been properly 
prepared in accordance with the basis of the preparation described therein. 

Scope of the audit of the financial statements 
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance that 
the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: whether the 
accounting policies are appropriate to the parent Company’s circumstances and have been consistently applied and adequately disclosed; the 
reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the Directors; and the overall presentation of the financial statements. In addition, 
we read all the financial and non-financial information in the Annual Report and Financial Statements to identify material inconsistencies with 
the audited financial statements. If we become aware of any apparent material misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the implications 
for our report. 

Opinion on financial statements 
In our opinion the parent Company financial statements: 

• 

• 

• 

give a true and fair view of the state of the Company’s affairs as at 27 March 2011; 

have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; and 

have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

Emphasis of matter - going concern 
In  forming  our  opinion,  which  is  not  modified,  we  have  also  considered  the  adequacy  of  the  disclosures  made  in  note  1  to  the  financial 
statements  concerning  the  Company's  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  The  conditions  described  in  note  1  indicate  the  existence  of 
material uncertainties which may cast significant doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do 
not include the adjustments that would result if the Company was unable to continue as a going concern. 

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 
In our opinion: 

• 

• 

the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report that has been described as audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
basis of preparation as described therein; and 

the information given in the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the 
parent Company financial statements. 

Matters on which we are required to report by exception 
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters where the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion: 

• 

• 

• 

adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 
branches not visited by us; or 

the parent Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the 
accounting records and returns; or 

certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or 

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit. 

 
 
 
 
103 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

Independent Auditor’s report to the members of the Company, Royal Mail Holdings plc (continued) 

Other matter 
We have reported separately on the Group financial statements of Royal Mail Holdings plc for the year ended 27 March 2011. That report 
includes an emphasis of matter. 

Alison Duncan (Senior statutory auditor) 
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP,  
Statutory Auditor 
London 

13 June 2011 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
104 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

Parent Company balance sheet at 27 March 2011 and 28 March 2010 

Fixed assets 

Investments in subsidiaries 

Investments in pension escrow 

Total net assets 

Capital and reserves 

Share capital 

Share premium 

Reserves 

Profit and loss account 

Shareholder’s funds 

Notes 

4 

5 

8 

9 

9 

9 

2011 
£m 

- 

1,074 

1,074 

- 

430 

56 

588 

1,074 

2010 
£m 

3,784 

1,011 

4,795 

- 

430 

44 

4,321 

4,795 

The financial statements on pages 104 to 106 were approved by the Board of Directors on 13 June 2011 and signed on its behalf by: 

Moya Greene 

Matthew Lester 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
105 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

Notes to the parent Company financial statements 

1. Parent Company accounting policies 

The following accounting policies apply: 

Financial year 
The financial year ends on the last Sunday in March and, accordingly, these financial statements are made up to the year ended 27 March 
2011 (2010 year ended 28 March). 

Basis of preparation 
The financial statements of the parent Company, Royal Mail Holdings plc (the Company) were authorised for issue by the Board on 13 June 
2011. 

The financial statements on pages 104 to 106 have been prepared in accordance with applicable UK Accounting Standards and law, including 
the  requirements  of the  Companies  Act  2006.  Unless  otherwise stated  in  the  accounting  policies  below,  the  financial  statements  have  been 
prepared under the historic cost accounting convention.  

In making an assessment on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, the Directors have considered the respective going concern 
assessments made by the Directors of the Royal Mail Group Ltd and Post Office Limited subsidiary companies (see note 2 on pages 58 to 60). 
In reviewing these assessments, the Directors have also taken account of the fact that the Company acts as guarantor for the Royal Mail Group 
Ltd £900m senior debt facility and £500m other loans facility (see notes 20 and 25 of the Group financial statements for further details). After 
careful consideration of all available information, the Directors are of the view that it is appropriate that these financial statements have been 
prepared on a going concern basis. 

The Company has not presented its own profit and loss account, as permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. However, the results 
of the Company for the year are disclosed in notes 6 and 9 to the financial statements. 

The Company has taken advantage of paragraph 2D of FRS 29 (IFRS 7) Financial Instruments: Disclosures and has not disclosed information 
required by that standard, as the Group’s consolidated financial statements in which the Company is included, provide equivalent disclosures for 
the Group under IFRS 7. 

No new UK Accounting Standards, which affect the presentation of these financial statements, have been issued. 

Impairment reviews 
Unless otherwise disclosed in these accounting policies, fixed assets are reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that the carrying value may be impaired. The Company assesses at each reporting date whether such indications exist. Where appropriate, an 
impairment loss is recognised in the profit and loss account for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset (or cash generating unit) 
exceeds its recoverable amount, which is the higher of an asset’s net realisable value and its value in use. 

Investments in subsidiaries 
Investments in subsidiaries within the Company’s financial statements are stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. The opening 
and closing carrying value relates solely to the Company’s investment in Royal Mail Group Ltd, a 100% subsidiary of the Company. Royal Mail 
Group Ltd is the only direct shareholding of the Company. 

Investments in pension escrow 
Investments in pension escrow are financial assets within the scope of FRS 26 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. 

The investments are a combination of short-term deposits and long-term investments which mature between 1 day and 45 years but have 
been included within fixed assets as the investments have been provided as security to the Royal Mail Pension Plan in support of the 38 year 
deficit recovery period from March 2009. 

The investments comprise bank balances, Treasury bills and gilt edged securities. 

Treasury bills, index-linked gilt edged securities and conventional gilt edged securities are classified as available for sale financial instruments 
on the basis that they are quoted investments that are not held for trading and may be disposed of prior to maturity. The investments are 
initially recognised at fair value, being the purchase price. After initial recognition, interest is included in the reported profit/(loss) for the year, 
using the effective interest rate method and the assets are measured at fair value with gains or losses being recognised in the Financial Assets 
Reserve until the investment is derecognised. 

Contingent liabilities 
Contingent liabilities are not disclosed if the possibility of losses occurring is considered to be remote. 

2. Directors’ emoluments 

The Directors of the Company are not paid fees by the Company for their services as Directors of the Company. The Directors of the Company 
are paid fees by other companies of the Group. These emoluments are disclosed in the Group Annual Report and Financial Statements. 

3. Auditor’s remuneration 

The auditor of the Company is not paid fees by the Company. The auditor of the Company is paid fees by the other companies of the Group. 
This remuneration is disclosed in the Group Annual Report and Financial Statements. 

 
 
 
 
106 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

4. Investments in subsidiaries 

At 29 March 2010 and 30 March 2009 

Impairment charge 

At 27 March 2011 and 28 March 2010 

Cost 
£m 

4,160 

- 

4,160 

Impairment 
£m 

(376) 

(3,784) 

(4,160) 

2011 
£m 

3,784 

(3,784) 

2010 
£m 

3,784 

- 

- 

3,784 

In accordance with FRS 11 ‘Impairment of Fixed Assets and Goodwill’ the carrying value of the Company’s investment in Royal Mail Group Ltd 
has  been  compared  to  its  recoverable  amount,  represented  by  its  value  in  use  to  the  Company.  The  value  in  use  has  been  derived  from 
discounted cash flow  projections using  the  Company’s  pre-tax  Weighted  Average  Cost  of  Capital  (WACC).  The  accounting  standard  prevents 
benefits from future restructuring being included in the cash flow projections. Therefore the cash flow projections have not been adjusted to 
reflect any of the potential actions considered by the Directors in concluding on the going concern basis of preparation of the Group financial 
statements. Details of these considerations are given in the funding section of note 2 of the Group financial statements. The comparison of the 
carrying  value  of  the  Company’s  investment  in  Royal  Mail  Group  Ltd  to  its  recoverable  amount  has  resulted  in  an  impairment  charge  of 
£3,784m reflecting the continued decline in revenues and the costs of the modernisation programme. 

5. Investments in pension escrow 

Cash at bank 

Treasury bills 

Gilt edged securities (index linked) 

Gilt edged securities (conventional) 

Investments in pension escrow 

6. Profit and loss account 

2011 
Average 
 effective 
 rate 
% 

0.4 

0.5 

4.7 

4.8 

2010 
Average 
effective 
rate 
% 

0.4 

0.4 

4.9 

4.8 

2010 
£m 

1 

229 

664 

117 

1,011 

2011 
£m 

3 

242 

707 

122 

1,074 

The Company is a non-trading company. The loss for the period relates to an impairment of the carrying value of the investment in Royal Mail 
Group Ltd of £3,784m (2010 £nil), income from the investments in pension escrow of £46m (2010 £35m) and a tax credit of £5m (2010 
£10m). 

7. Taxation 

A  tax  charge  of  £5m  (2010  £10m)  has  been  taken  to  the  Financial  Assets  Reserve,  reflecting  the  tax  liability  on  the  fair  value changes  on 
available for sale financial assets. A tax credit of £5m (2010 £10m) has been taken to the profit and loss account, reflecting the sheltering of 
that tax liability by losses of other Group companies. 

8. Share capital 

Details of the share capital are disclosed in the Group Annual Report and Financial Statements in note 27.  

9. Shareholder’s funds 

At 29 March 2010 and 30 March 2009 

Loss for the year 

Taxation on items taken directly to reserves 

Gains on financial asset investments 

Share 
 premium 
£m 

430 

- 

- 

- 

4,321 

(3,733) 

- 

- 

Profit and 
loss 
account 
£m 

Financial 
Assets 
Reserve 
£m 

At 27 March 2011 and 28 March 2010 

430 

588 

Financial Assets Reserve 

The Financial Assets Reserve is used to record fair value changes on available for sale financial assets. 

2011 
Total 
£m 

4,795 

(3,733) 

(5) 

17 

2010 
Total 
£m 

4,724 

45 

(10) 

36 

1,074 

4,795 

44 

- 

(5) 

17 

56 

10. Charges 

Details of charges registered over the assets of the Company are contained in the Group financial statements in notes 20 and 25. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
107 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010-11 

Forward looking statements 

This document contains statements concerning the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and certain of the Group’s plans, 
objectives, assumptions, projections, expectations or beliefs with respect to these items. 

The Company cautions that any forward looking statements in this document may and often do vary from actual results and the differences 
between  these  statements  and  actual  results  can  be  material.  Accordingly,  readers  are  cautioned  not  to  place  undue  reliance  on  forward 
looking statements. The Company undertakes no obligation to release publicly the result of any revisions to these forward looking statements 
that  may  be  made  to  reflect  events  or  circumstances  after  the  date  of  this  document,  including,  without  limitation,  changes  in  the  Group’s 
strategy, or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. 

By their nature, forward looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that will 
occur in the future. Such forward looking statements should, therefore, be considered in light of various important factors that could cause 
actual  results  and  developments  to  differ  materially  from  those  expressed  or  implied  by  these  forward  looking  statements.  These  factors 
include, among other things: the impact of competitive products and pricing; the occurrence of major operational problems; the loss of major 
customers; limitations imposed by the Group’s indebtedness; undertakings and guarantees relating to pension funds; contingent liabilities; risks 
of litigation and risks associated with the Group’s overseas operations. 

Corporate information 

Registered Office and Group Head Office 

Royal Mail Holdings plc 
100 Victoria Embankment 
LONDON 
EC4Y 0HQ 
Telephone: 020 7250 2888 
Registered No: 4074919 

Royal Mail, the Cruciform, the colour red, Parcelforce Worldwide and the Parcelforce Worldwide logo are registered trademarks of Royal Mail 
Group  Ltd.  Post  Office  and  the  Post  Office  symbol  are  registered  trademarks  of  Post  Office  Limited.  Group  Annual  Report  and  Financial 
Statements 2011 © Royal Mail Group Ltd 2011. All Rights Reserved. 

Corporate website 
Additional corporate and other information can be accessed on the following website www.royalmailgroup.com. Information made available on 
the website is not intended to be, and should not be regarded as being, part of the financial statements. 

The  maintenance  and  integrity  of  the  Group’s  websites  is  the  responsibility  of  the  Directors;  the  work  carried  out  by  the  auditor  does  not 
involve consideration of these matters and, accordingly, the auditor accepts no responsibility for any changes that may have occurred to the 
financial statements since they were initially presented on the website. 

Auditor 

Ernst & Young LLP 
1 More London Place 
LONDON 
SE1 2AF 

Solicitor 

Slaughter and May 
1 Bunhill Row 
LONDON 
EC1Y 8YY 

Regulator (Postcomm) 

Postal Services Commission  
Hercules House 
6 Hercules Road 
LONDON 
SE1 7DB 

Actuary 

Towers Watson Limited 
Watson House 
London Road  
REIGATE 
Surrey 
RH2 9PQ 

Consumer Body 

Consumer Focus 
4th Floor 
Artillery House 
Artillery Row 
London 
SW1P 1RT